Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
Group
Italy
CONTROLS S.r.l.
6, Via Aosta
I-20063 Cernusco s/N. (Mi) Italy
Tel. +39-0292184.1
Facsimile +39-0292103333 The CONTROLS Catalogue
E-Mail: controls@controls.it
Web Site: www.controls.it 6th Edition is also available in
French, Spanish and Italian
Mexico
EQUIPOS DE ENSAYE CONTROLS S.a. De C.V.
Rio Churubusco n°27, Col. Portales
C.P. 03300, Mexico, D.F.
Tel. +52-55 56726186
Testing
ng
g Equipment
Facsimile +52-55 55393229
E-Mail: controlsmexico@mexis.com for th
he
Spain
EQUIPOS DE ENSAYO CONTROLS S.a.
Poligono Industrial Arboledas
Construction
C/Sabina, Nave 5, Manzana D
45200 - Illescas (Toledo), ESPAÑA
Tel. +34-902 180843 (4 líneas) Industrry
Facsimile +34-902 180846
E-Mail: controls@eecontrols.es
Web Site: www.eecontrols.es
United Kingdom
CONTROLS TESTING EQUIPMENT LTD
Controls House
Icknield Way
Tring, Hertfordshire HP23 4JX - U.K.
Tel. +44-1442 828311
Facsimile +44-1442 828466
Graphic: DigitalDesign
E-Mail: sales@controlstesting.co.uk
Web Site: www.controlstesting.co.uk
Photographs Credits: DigitalDesign,
Gianni Lavano
Studio Moscheni WYKEHAM FARRANCE LTD
Paolo Pulga Weston Road, Slough, SL1 4HW - U.K.
Lucio Rossi Tel. +44-1753 571241
Facsimile +44-1753 811313 General Catalogue
E-Mail: sales@wfi.co.uk
Controls
© Copyright 2005
Catalogue In line with its continual Web Site: www.wfi.co.uk 6th Edition
CAT04R0/E/B/13 program of product
research and development, General
Controls reserves the right
to alter specifications to
Catalogue
equipment to any time 6th Edition
TESTING EQUIPMENT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
Soil Testing
6th Edition
Rock and Aggregates
Catalogue
Concrete
2005
Cement
Steel
Asphalt
General
Contents
TESTING EQUIPMENT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
4 Testing equipment for the construction industry Testing equipment for the construction industry 5
Our Industrial Production Our Industrial Production
Quality and efficiency Quality and efficiency
6 Testing equipment for the construction industry Testing equipment for the construction industry 7
Our Products Our Products
A dynamic reply to today’s testing requirements A dynamic reply to today’s testing requirements
In this page we give you just few examples of some of our The automatic system
advanced products included in this catalogue. based on ADVANTEST 9
for testing under control of
The same attention is given to the quality of our thousands of load/stress, displacement
testing apparatus from the simple slump cone to the most sophistica- and strain.
ted cyclic testing machine. Particularly suitable for fiber
reinforced concrete,
shotcrete, concrete and
rock testing.
8 Testing equipment for the construction industry Testing equipment for the construction industry 9
Commercial Organization The International Network
A constant presence in the market Wherever in the World
FRANCE MEXICO
CONTROLS S.à r.l. EQUIPOS DE ENSAYE CONTROLS S.A.
10 Testing equipment for the construction industry Testing equipment for the construction industry 11
After Sales Organization Quality assurance system
An irreplaceable guarantee and Calibration Centre
DENMARK : DANAK
FINLAND : FINAS
FRANCE : COFRAC
GERMANY : DKD
IRELAND : ILAB
ITALY : SIT
THE NETHERLAND : RVA
NORWAY : Norvegian Metrology
and accreditation service
SPAIN : ENAC
SWEDEN : SWEDAC
SWITZERLAND : SAS
UNITED KINGDOM : UKAS
12 Testing equipment for the construction industry Testing equipment for the construction industry 13
Introducing the Catalogue
TESTING EQUIPMENT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
Soil Testing 16 / 19 / 22 / 24 / 26 / 27
28 / 30 / 33 / 34 / 35 / 38
Concrete 50 / 54 / 55 / 58
Cement 62 / 63 / 64 / 65
Steel 70
Asphalt 75 / 76 / 77 / 80 / 81
General 82 / 83 / 86
INTRODUCTION
11 Weighing Samples
Electronic analytical balances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Standard calibration masses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Mechanical balances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
15 Sample grading
Sieves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Sieve shakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Riffle boxes and sample splitters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Bar sieves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
General description
B Dimensions
- internal (mm) 436x435x500 984x435x500 984x435x935
- external (mm) 705x565x700 1235x565x700 1148x715x1320
Wattage (W) 1500 3000 4000
A Weight (kg) 75 125 185
Available models
Spare parts
10-D1390
s10-D1390/1
Spare tray for 100 l cap. ovens
s10-D1391/1
Spare tray for 200 and 400 l cap.
ovens
Spare parts
s10-D1396/1
Spare tray for 10-D1396 oven
s10-D1397/1
Spare tray for 10-D1397 oven
s10-D1398/1
Spare tray for 10-D1398 oven
10-D1397
General specifications
Voltages: 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. except 10-D1398, 380 V, 50-60 Hz, 3 ph.
(1) Except control panel
10-D1402
Hot plate, 160 mm dia., multiposi-
tion switch. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
10-D1402/A
Hot plate, 160 mm dia., bimetallic
thermostat. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
10-D1401/A
Accessories
10-D1428 10-D1428
10-D1418/A
Muffle furnace 1200°C max. tem-
perature. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
10-D1418/AZ
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
q STANDARD
EN 196-2
10-D1418
Max. temperature: 1200°C
Inside dimensions:
210x280x145 mm (lxwxh)
MUFFLE FURNACES Power: 4.2 kW
10-D1418 B Outside dimensions: 510x650x650 mm
Muffle furnace 1100°C max. A Weight approx.: 70 kg 10-D1419
Introduction
Balances are a general pur- How to select balances Minimum mass of sample
pose laboratory apparatus used for sieve analysis (1)
either for soil, aggregates, cement, Where not specified by the relevant stan- Nominal size Minimum mass
dards, the tables given below may be used to of material of sample
concrete and asphalt testing.
select the appropriate balance conforming mm kg
Controls supply a wide range of to the general specification for balances
models suitable for different appli- given in the ASTM D4753-95, BS 1377:Part 63 50
cations ranging from the central 1, and EN 932-5. 50 35
laboratories field use, educational Very often a single specification requires 40 15
etc. Electronic models are now balances having a readability and tolerance 28 5
20 2
recommended assuring better of 0.1% of the specimen mass to be mea- 14 1
performance, with simplicity in use sured which is another suitable choice cri- 10 0.5
for a reasonable cost. teria. 6 0.2
Battery operated models are Other standards covering aggregates and 5 0.2
particularly suitable for field use. We granular materials in general give informa- 3 0.2
tion about the quantity of aggregate to be <3 0.1
also propose a range of accessories
tested depending upon its size (UNI 8520
and calibration weights to periodi- part 5, BS 812: part 1, BS 598 etc.). The dif- (1) BS 812:1
cally check the balances. ferent standards give practically the same
recommendation so we have included this
information in a separate table.
11-D0613/B
General specifications
Capacity: 205 g
Readability: 0.1 mg
Tolerance: ± 0.3 mg
Tare range: by subtraction up to full 11-D0629 11-D0628
capacity
Display: LCD seven segments
n o t e
Data interface: bi-directional RS 232,
selectable baud rate For 110 V, 60 Hz voltage use adapter 11-D0628/3 (see accessories).
Facility for weighing underneath Code Capacity Readability Pan Weight
the balance and tolerance dimension approx.
Power supply:
11-D0628 330 g 0.001 g 110 mm dia. 6.5 kg
230/115 V AC, 50-60 Hz
11-D0629 2200 g 0.01 g 160 mm dia. 6.5 kg
Pan dia.: 80 mm 11-D0629/A 4100 g 0.01 g 160 mm dia. 6.5 kg
B Dimensions: 194x325x315 mm 11-D0630 4500 g 0.1 g 160 mm dia. 6.5 kg
11-D0630/B 8000 g 0.1 g 190x210 mm 7.5 kg
A Weight approx.: 8.5 kg 11-D0631/B 12000 g 0.1 g 320x210 mm 8 kg
11-D0631/E 15000 g 1g 320x210 mm 8 kg
11-D0631/F 16000 g 0.1 g 320x210 mm 8 kg
11-D0631/C 30000 g 1g 320x210 mm 8 kg
11-D0630/C 600/4500 g 0.01/0.1 g 160 mm dia. 7.5 kg These palm size light weight digital
11-D0630/D 800/5500 g 0.01/0.1 g 160 mm dia. 7.5 kg printers are ideal either for laboratory
11-D0631/G 1000/10000 g 0.1/1 g 190x210 mm 7.5 kg or field use. They are available in three
11-D0631/L 4500/30000 g 0.1/1 g 320x210 mm 8 kg versions:
82-P0172
Digital printer mains operated
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
- All models fitted with RS 232 C data
output and under balance weighing 82-P0172/Z
facility and software (except platform
balances) Digital printer mains operated
110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
82-P0172/A
Digital printer with rechargeable
internal battery or standard battery
82-P0172/1
Cable for RS 232 connections
11-D0631/D 11-D0631/L
Note. The platform balance can be fitted with hydrostatic weighing attachment. Printing method: serial dot impact
See accessory 11-D0631/1
Font: 5x8 matrix
No. of columns: 24
Paper width: 57.5 mm
Interface: Serial RS 232 C
B External dimensions:
120x172x100 mm
A Weight approx.: 1 kg
11-D0631/1
Hydrostatic weighing attachment
for platform balance 11-D0631/D
11-D0628/3
11-D0630 with 82-P0172 printer Adapter for 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
These precise, economical and very easy to use balances are ideal for both central and site
laboratories. Most of them are fitted with RS 232 C output so they can be connected to
digital printers or PC to process data. Using the AC adapter they can also be mains opera-
ted. Strong and robust, fitted with strain gauge cells with large backlit display, they can
operate from 0 to 40°C. Other general specifications are given in the following table.
Note. All models are supplied complete with AC adapter for 230 V, 50-60 Hz. The batteries are not included.
(1) Alkaline batteries and AC adapter (2) Rechargeable batteries and AC adapter
11-D0643/B 11-D0643
Strong and robust, fitted with strain gauge cells with large backlit display, they can opera-
te from 0 to 40°C. Other general specifications are given in the following table.
11-D0646/A
11-D0708
Wooden box for single weights up
to 500 g
11-D0708/1
Same as above but for 1 kg weight
11-D0708/2
Same as above but for 2 kg weight
11-D0648 fitted with vertical support 11-D0700/C - D0707/C
11-D0708/3
Same as above but for 5 kg weight
STANDARD CALIBRATION MASSES
Used for the periodic checking of the balances. Class M1(1), brass weights tolerance ± 50 11-D0708/4
ppm at 1 kg level. Same as above but for 10 kg weight
The standard weights class M1 (code 11-D0700/C to 11-D0707/C) are supplied complete
with manufacturer certificate of conformity. The calibrated weights (code 11-D0700/C1 to
11-D0707/C1) are supplied complete with SIT (EAL) calibration certificate and wooden box.
50 g 11-D0700/C ±3 11-D0700/C1
100 g 11-D0701/C ±5 11-D0701/C1
200 g 11-D0702/C ± 10 11-D0702/C1
500 g 11-D0703/C ± 25 11-D0703/C1
1 kg 11-D0704/C ± 50 11-D0704/C1
2 kg 11-D0705/C ± 100 11-D0705/C1
5 kg 11-D0706/C ± 250 11-D0706/C1
10 kg 11-D0707/C ± 500 11-D0707/C1
11-D0708 - 11-D0708/4
(1) Other calibration masses class F1 and F2 available on request.
Note. These weights are supplied with manufacturer’s certificate of conformity spe-
cifying characteristics class and tolerances. The certificate is traceable to SIT standard.
MECHANICAL BALANCES
All these balances have been selected to meet the specifications concerning laboratories in
the construction industry. All models can be used for specific gravity determination.
11-D0750/1
Cast iron weight 0.5 kg
11-D0750/2
Cast iron weight 1 kg
11-D0750/3
Cast iron weight 2 kg
11-D0750/4
Cast iron weight 5 kg
11-D0750/5
11-D0610 and 11-D0604 Cast iron weight 10 kg
11-D0750/6
Brass weight 50 g
11-D0750/7
Brass weight 100 g
11-D0750/8
Brass weight 200 g
11-D0601 11-D0600
11-D0750/1-D0750/8
SPECIFIC GRAVITY
- Immediate calculation
q STANDARD and display of specific
EN 12390-7 / BS 812:2, 1881:114 / gravity at the
UNI 6394-2 touch of a button
11-D0612/A
Specific gravity frame
s11-D0631/F
Digital top pan balance 16 kg x 0.1 g
capacity
s11-D0631/C
Digital top pan balance 30 kg x 1 g
capacity
11-D0612 11-D0611/3
Introduction
We propose a complete range of full a) European The sieves are conforming to the following
depth testing sieves with 200 mm, standards:
8", 250 mm, 300 mm, 12", 315 mm Conforming to the new European EN stan-
and 450 mm dia., with woven wire dards all sieves for the construction indu- ASTM E11
cloth and perforated plate confor- stry are specified by the following stan- Wire-cloth sieves for testing purposes.
ming to the different standards. On dards:
Note. The sieve specifications are clearly
request we can also supply models marked on the label comprising the serial
EN 933-2
with round holes perforated plate number and other information for the
Test for geometrical properties of aggregates
from 1 to 100 mm dia. Determination of particle size distribution identification and traceability of the pro-
All frames except the 450 mm dia., Test sieves, nominal size of apertures duct as requested by the international spe-
and wire cloth sieves are manufactu- cifications. On request each sieve can be
red from stainless steel. Perforated ISO 3310-1 supplied with a calibration certificate.
plates are made from tinned steel. Test sieves of woven wire cloth
Sieves having the same nominal dia-
meter are designed to nest one in ISO 3310-2
each other. Using 200 mm (8") sie- Test sieves of perforated metal plate
ves it is possible to test up to 1000
ISO 565
g of aggregates and 3000 g with
Nominal size of openings for woven wire
300 mm (12") dia.
and perforated plate sieves.
- Each sieve
is supplied complete
with certificate
of conformity
Woven wire cloth sieves (coarse) Woven wire cloth sieves (fine)
SIEVE SHAKERS ELECTROMAGNETIC DIGITAL SIEVE SHAKER for the following functions:
FOR SIEVES UP TO 315* MM (12") DIA. - Timer 0-99 min by 1 min steps or conti-
15-D0409 nuous operation
Introduction Electromagnetic digital sieve shaker - Continuous or intermittent operation
We propose three different models (very important for critical products to
for sieves up to 315 mm dia.
which differ one to another, for the intensify the sieving action reducing the
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. duration of operation)
sieving motion:
- Vertical only for the 15-D0407/B - Adjustable vibration intensity
q STANDARD
model EN 932-5, ISO 3310-1 The shaker is also fitted with antivibration
- Vertical and rotational with con- dampers, which totally isolate the machine
tinuous or intermittent operation This new and advanced sieve shaker fully from work surfaces reducing the noise level.
and adjustable vibration intensity satisfy the standards, which require that
for the 15-D0409 model the test material on any given sieve pro- Specifications
- Vertical, orbital and jarring gresses over the surface of the sieve when
motion for the electromechanical it is agitated. Conforming to ISO 3310-1 it Sieve diameters and capacity: 200, 203,
model 15-D0411. can hold round sieves up to 315 mm dia. 250, 300, and 315 mm dia. up to 12 200
The 15-D0407/B can also be used, The main features of this shaker consists in mm dia. and 9 300-315 mm dia. sieves
removing the upper plate, as a vibra- the multiple vibration motion: plus pan and cover
- Vertical by the electromagnet
ting table for one concrete speci- Power: 400 W approx.
- Rotational by the three laminated
mens. suspension springs in both ways. B Overall dimensions (wxdxh):
The shaker is provided with a microproces- 420x405x1100 mm
sor digital control system with display unit A Weight approx.: 40 kg
Main features
- Multiple sieving motions
- Microprocessor digital control system
- Continuous or intermittent operation
- Adjustable vibration intensity
- Timer
- Antivibration damper system
- Fast clamping
15-D0409
HIGH CAPACITY SCREEN SHAKER SCREEN TRAYS ASTM E11* Intermediate series
* EN/ISO sieve series are available on request
15-D0420/A Woven wire cloth type sCode Sieve Alterna-
op. tive
High capacity mechanical screen mm
15-D0425 Coarse series
shaker. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
15-D0426/01 4.00 No. 5
15-D0420/AZ sCode Sieve Alterna- 15-D0426/02 3.36 No. 6
op. mm tive 15-D0426/21 3.15 -
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
15-D0426/03 2.83 No. 7
15-D0425/01 101.6 4" 15-D0426/04 2.38 No. 8
Ideal for sizing large quantities of crushed 15-D0425/02 90.5 3½" 15-D0426/05 2.00 No. 10
stones, sand, gravel, slag, coal, coke, ores, 15-D0425/211 80.0 - 15-D0426/06 1.68 No. 12
15-D0425/03 76.1 3" 15-D0426/61 1.60 -
pellets and similar materials. The screen 15-D0425/04 64.0 2½"
shaker has a capacity of about 30 litres (1 15-D0426/07 1.41 No. 14
15-D0425/41 56.0 - 15-D0426/71 1.25 -
ft3) of sample. Enabling from two to seven 15-D0425/05 53.8 2.12"
separations simultaneously. The vibrating 15-D0425/06 50.8 (•) 2"
unit consists of interlocking spaces, which 15-D0425/07 45.3 1¾" Fine series
support and separate the screen trays. An 15-D0425/71 40.0 -
equal clearance among trays allows an 15-D0425/08 38.1 (•) 1½"
15-D0425/09 32.0 1¾" sCode Sieve Alterna-
independent removal of each tray. Holds six op. tive
screen trays and one dustpan. The screen 15-D0425/10 26.9 1.06" mm
shaker is supplied complete with one dust- 15-D0425/11 25.4 (•) 1"
15-D0425/12 22.6 7/8" 15-D0427/01 1.19 No. 16
pan tray. Screen trays have to be ordered 15-D0425/121 20.0 -
separately 15-D0427/02 1.00 No. 18
15-D0425/13 19.0 (•) 3/4" 15-D0427/03 0.841 No. 20
15-D0425/131 18.0 - 15-D0427/31 0.800 -
Tray dimensions: 457x660x75 mm 15-D0425/14 16.0 5/8" 15-D0427/04 0.707 No. 25
15-D0425/141 14.0 - 15-D0427/41 0.630 -
Power: 250 W 15-D0425/15 13.5 .530" 15-D0427/05 0.595 No. 30
B Dimensions: 584x787x850 mm 15-D0425/16 12.7 (•) 1/2" 15-D0427/06 0.50 No. 35
11.2 7/16"
A Weight approx.: net 170 kg 15-D0425/17
15-D0425/171 10.0 -
15-D0427/07
15-D0427/71
0.420
0.400
No. 40
-
15-D0425/18 9.51 3/8" 15-D0427/72 0.355 -
15-D0425/19 8.0 5/16" 15-D0427/08 0.354 No. 45
Accessories and spares 15-D0425/191 7.1 - 15-D0427/73 0.315 -
15-D0425/20 6.73 .265" 15-D0427/09 0.297 No. 50
15-D0425/21 6.35 1/4" 15-D0427/10 0.250 No. 60
s15-D0420/A1 Dust cover 15-D0425/22 5.66 No. 3½" 15-D0427/11 0.210 No. 70
s15-D0428/9 Dustpan tray 15-D0425/23 4.76 No. 4 15-D0427/111 0.200 -
15-D0427/12 0.177 No. 80
s15-D0428/10 Tray only (•) Standard set recommended by ASTM 15-D0427/121 0.160 -
(without mesh) 15-D0427/13 0.149 No. 100
- Can separate up
to 30 litres (1 ft3)
of aggregate
- Fine mesh trays reinforced
86-D1675 15-D0160
Bristle round brush 30 mm dia. Wet washing sieve 8" dia. by 4"
high
86-D1685
15-D0160/1
Nylon sieve brush 33 mm dia.
Wet washing sieve 200 mm dia. by
86-D1685/G 100 mm high
15-D0405
Double ended nylon sieve brush
Accessories
q STANDARD
EN 933-3, BS 812:1, 1377:2, 1924:1
sCode Max. size Slot width No. Capacity Weight MINI SAMPLE SPLITTER
sample (mm) (mm) of slots approx. (dm3) approx. (kg)
15-D0431
15-D0438 5 7 12 0.24 1.5 Mini sample splitter No. 16x5 mm
15-D0438/A 10 15 12 2 5
15-D0438/B 20 30 10 4.6 19 chutes. Stainless steel.
15-D0438/C 40 50 8 14 23.5 Weight 1.4 kg approx.
15-D0438/D 13 20 10 3 5.5
15-D0438/E 20 25 10 3.9 19
15-D0438/F 25 38 8 9.6 19
15-D0438/G 50 64 8 21 27
15-D0438/H 40 45 8 11.3 23.5
15-D0431
15-D0438 – D0438/H
Accessories
15-D0430
Large capacity sample splitter.
UNI, NF and CNR model
Specifications
For aggregate up to 150 mm size
Adjustable openings from: 12.5 mm
with 12.5 mm increments
Clam shell hopper 26 dm3 capacity
Complete with two pans
B Dimensions: Overall height: 991 mm
Hopper size: 737 mm long x 483 mm wide
A Weight approx.: 50 kg
Spare parts
q STANDARD
EN 933-1 / Also conforming to NF P18-
561, UNI 8520-18, NLT 354
Bar sieves
Used to determine the flakiness index of
the aggregates. Aluminium frame and steel
bars.
47-D0418/01 2.50
47-D0418/02 3.15
47-D0418/03 4.00 47-D0418/1 to 47-D0418/13
47-D0418/04 5.00
47-D0418/05 6.30
47-D0418/06 8.00
47-D0418/07 10.00
47-D0418/08 12.50
47-D0418/09 16.00
47-D0418/10 20.00
47-D0418/11 25.00
47-D0418/12 31.50
47-D0418/13 40.00
INTRODUCTION
In all sections of civil engineering and par- choice for supplying advanced and high level equip-
ticularly in soil mechanics, the engineer during the ment in the important field of quality control.
design stage must ensure that the analysis of soil The testing equipment in this catalogue has been
properties relate directly to the relevant foundation carefully designed and manufactured to conform to
or structure. Using procedures involving extracting, the most recent specifications and standards.
examining and testing representative samples the
engineer can compute a model very close to the real By combining this with improved skill levels
situation. In recent years we have seen a significant the engineer can reach a higher degree of accuracy
contribution to experimental analysis resulting from and repeatability of test results resulting in total
more sophisticated testing procedures, updating of confidence in the data produced.
many International Standards, and publication of
good testing manuals and procedures. Widely used in materials testing laboratories
around the world, the testing equipment of CON-
CONTROLS have been an active participant TROLS can also be seen in Universities and Technical
in this approach to excellence and are recognised Institutes for the training and education of tomor-
both in Europe and Internationally as the partner of row's geo-technical engineers and technicians.
Contents
Soil Testing
16 Field classification, sampling, and preparation
Soil sampling - Augers and samplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
28 Geotechnical: Triaxial
Triaxial load frames and cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Water level indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Oil and water constant pressure system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
Pocket penetrometers and vane testers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Stress path triaxial tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
Field inspection kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Pressure systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Dynamic penetrometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Pressure indicating panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Extruders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Bladder type air/water pressure system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Soil lathe and trimmers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 De-Airing tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Sample mixers and soil cutter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Volume change measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
Null indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
19 Moisture content
Moisture determination balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Pore water pressure measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
Automatic volume change apparatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
Pressure panel assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
Desiccators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Consolidation load frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
Universal carbide meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Cyclic triaxial testing apparatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Speedy moisture testers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
22 Classification
30 Geotechnical soil testing data acquisition
Automatic data acquisition and processing system . . . . . .96
Specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Liquid, Plastic and shrinkage limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Sedimentation / Hydrometer and pipette methods . . . . . . .56
33 Soil compaction
24 Chemical Tests
pH Papers and meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Proctor rammers and moulds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
Automatic compactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Vibration compaction hammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Chloride and Sulphate content determination . . . . . . . . . .58 Compaction penetrometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Water test kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Relative density test set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Soil colour charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Moisture condition Value (MCV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Determination of soil resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
26 Geotechnical: Consolidation
34 CBR
CBR equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Front loading oedometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Load frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Continuous consolidation apparatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Multispeed tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
Field CBR apparatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
38 Permeability
Constant and falling head apparatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
Compaction permeameters and stands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
Determination of dispersibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
Hydraulic conductivity test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
q STANDARD
ASTM D420, D1452 / AASHTO T86, T202 /
CNR a. VI n. 25
16-T0009/C
Auger power head, 1.5 kW
16-T0009/D
Auger power head, 4.5 kW
A Weight approx.:
8.5 kg for model 16-T0009/C and 22.5 kg
for model 16-T0009/D
Battery operated: 9 V DC
A Weight approx.: 6 kg
16-T0009/C
POCKET PENETROMETERS
DIAL PENETROMETERS
Specifications
Dial diameter: 60 mm
Peak hold feature
16-T0161 16-T0160, T0162
(1) Used for evaluating the angle of internal friction “ϕ” of sandy soils and the cohesion
“c” in clay soils. Dual scale: 0-6 kgf/cm2 for 6.35 mm dia. plunger and 0-11 kg.
STANDARD POCKET PENETROMETERS drying, etc. This penetrometer can be used POCKET HAND VANE TESTERS
both for field and laboratory measures on
16-T0171 soils having UCS values (Unconfined 16-T0174/B
Pocket penetrometer Compressive Strength) between 0 and 10
Hand vane tester
kgf/cm2. Three different sizes of penetration
range 0-5 kgf/cm2
tips are available: the small one for hard soils,
the medium one for soft and medium soil, q STANDARD
Designed for making field classification of and the large one for soft soil. ASTM D2573
cohesive soils in terms of consistency, shear
strength and approximate unconfined A simple and portable instrument for use
compressive strength. Specifications
by the geotechnical engineer to determine
All stainless steel construction tip dia- in-situ shear strength of cohesive soils. The
B Dimensions: meters (interchangeable): 4.5 mm for device consists of a torque head with direct
20 mm dia. x 173 mm length very hard soil; 6.35 mm for medium and reading scale into which is fitted one of
A Weight approx.: 0.5 kg soft soil; 8.98 for soft soil. two vanes. A max. reading pointer makes
Supplied complete with plastic case. reading easy. The tester is supplied comple-
te with one 19 mm (range 0-120 kPa) and
Measuring range: 0 to 10 kgf/cm2 one 33 mm (range 0-28 kPa) vane.
Extension rods are available separately as
B Dimensions (assembled): 210 mm
accessories. A carrying case is also supplied.
16-T0171 length x 20 mm dia. approx.
A Weight approx.: 0.5 kg A Weight approx.: 2.5 kg
16-T0163
Heavy duty pocket penetrometer - 3 interchangeable tips: 4.5 – 6.35 –
8.98 mm dia. Accessories
The pocket penetrometer is a world-wide - Long stem for up to 60 mm penetration
known instrument used by geotechnicians, - All stainless steel construction
geologists, agronomists, etc. to obtain s16-T0174/B1
Extension rod 300 mm long
quickly and easily an approximate measure
of the shear strength of cohesive and semi- s16-T0174/B2
Extension rod 1000 mm long
cohesive soils. The special feature of this
model is the design of the penetration rod,
which allows a relatively deep penetration
into the soil (up to 6 cm) thus reducing errors
16-T0163
and uncertainties typical of shallow measu-
res, which are often affected by remoulding,
44 Testing equipment for the construction industry
Field classification, sampling, and preparation 16
SOIL TESTING Hand vane testers / Field inspection kit
q STANDARD
ASTM D2573
16-T0174/A
Field inspection testing kit
with case
Accessories
s16-T0174/1
Extension rod 500 mm long
DYNAMIC PENETROMETERS
16-T0012/A
TRL* Dynamic Cone Penetrometer
(DCP)
DYNAMIC PENETROMETERS
q STANDARD
DIN 4094
16-T0013
Lightweight dynamic penetrometer.
Hand operated
16-T0013/E
Specifications
Specifications
16-T0082/1
16-T0082/1 38 – 100 – 101.6 – 106 and 152.4, total length 280 mm approx.
16-T0082/3 38
16-T0082/4 Frame and adaptor only for extruding three 38 mm dia.
tubes from a U4 tube
16-T0082/A 16-T0082/5 106 (for extruding a soil sample from a U4 tube)
16-T0082/A16 Extension for extruding up to 450 mm long samples
MELTING POT
16-T0080
Universal extruder 10-D1403
Mainly used to remove 4" and 6" Melting pot. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
samples from Marshall, Proctor and
CBR moulds. Used to melt wax to seal the soil samples
and other materials. The temperature is set
Capacity: 30 kN 16-T0010/8 with 16-T0010/6 and maintained at the desired value.
Ram travel: Adjustable thermostat and pilot lamp fully
197 mm (ram) + 68 mm screw 16-T0010/8 isolated conforming to CE requirements.
Supplied complete with cover.
A Weight approx.: 25 kg Hand extruder
for 38 mm dia. samples
Specifications
General description
Screw type, usable with the 16-T0010/6 Capacity: 5 l approx.
stainless steel, 38 mm i.d., 230 mm long Temperature range: +30 / +150°C
sample tube.
Power: 700 W
A Weight approx.: 1 kg B Dimensions: 200 mm internal dia. x
160 mm, 285 mm external dia. x 275 mm
16-T0080
A Weight approx.: 2.7 kg
Accessories
10-D1403
General description
q STANDARD
BS 1377:2, 1924:1 / ASTM D421
Sampling tubes are held in place by an
adjustable "V" shape bearing which can 86-D1180/1
extrude either in the vertical or horizontal Porcelain mortar 125 mm dia.
position. Both the hydraulic cylinder approx.
assembly and the receiving table can be
easily lowered along side the machine to 16-T0083/A 16-D1179/A
save space when not in use. The machine is Rubber headed pestle
supplied without tube adaptors which have
to be ordered separately. See accessories. Accessories and adaptors
for 16-T0083/A
* Other voltages available on request
sCode For extruding
from tube Ø int.
Specifications
Max. load: 60 kN (6000 kgf) 16-T0083/A4 101.6 mm OD Shelby
Max. ram stroke: 900 mm 16-T0083/A5 100 mm OD Shelby
16-T0083/A6 88.9 mm OD Shelby
Max. external dia. of sample tubes: 160 mm 16-T0083/A7 83 mm OD Shelby
B Overall dimensions
- horizontal working position (lxwxh): Other sizes of extruder adaptors available
16-D1179/A, 86-D1180/1
2730x409x1180 mm on request.
- vertical working position (lxwxh):
1025x409x1080 mm
(without accessories) 16-T0028/A
16-T0028/A
A Weight approx.: net 160 kg Die cutting soil sampler
Specifications
Specimen lathe:
from 35x70 to 100x200 mm
Specimen trimming and extrusion: 16-D1690, 16-D1689, 16-D1691
from 35x70 to 50x100 mm
Vertical daylight: 260 mm 16-D1689 Open wire saw
B Overall dimensions:
16-D1690 Wire saw
220x300x450 mm
A Weight approx.: 15 kg 16-D1691 Trimming knife
Specifications
SOIL CUTTER
Models 16-L0005/B 16-B0072
q STANDARD
NF P94-093
Capacity (litres) 5 10
Planetary 62-125 8 positions from
speeds (rpm) 50 to 150 rpm 16-T0004
Spindle 140-285 8 positions from Soil cutter 11 l cap.
speeds (rpm) 180 to 540 rpm 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
Power (W) 120 370
Overall dimensions (mm) 570x340x580 570x340x585
Weight approx. (kg) 38 32 Ideal to disgregate clay lumps to prepare
soil specimens to be compacted. Made in
anodised aluminium and stainless steel.
16-L0005/B
16-T0004
Spare parts
q STANDARD
AASHTO T217
n o t e
When this item is for export there are limi-
tations on the method of transportation.
For export orders the reagent has to be
ordered separately in special packs accor-
ding to international flight regulations.
q STANDARD Specifications
BS 1377:2, ASTM D854, AASHTO T100
NF P94 054 Working capacity (litres): 20
Specific gravity bottles Max. water depth (mm): 150-180
Power (W): 1400
Used to determine the specific gravity of Temperature range (°C) ambient to: +90
fine soils. Glass bottle complete with capil-
lary vent stopper. Three sizes available: Accuracy (°C): ±0.1
Inside dimensions (mm): 500x300
86-D1125: 25 ml cap. B Outside dimensions (mm): 540x340
86-D1126: 50 ml cap. A Weight approx. (kg): 15
86-D2010
86-D1127: 100 ml cap.
47-D0441
s22-T0040/4
Glass plate 500x500x10 mm
s86-D1631
Flexible spatula 160 mm long
s86-D1172
Evaporating dish 160 mm dia.
Used to determine the moisture content at Other test equipment to perform the test
which clay soils pass from a plastic to a
liquid state s22-T0040/4
Glass plate 500x500x10 mm
q STANDARD
ASTM D4318 / BS 1377:2 / NF P94-051 /
s86-D1630
Flexible spatula 100 mm long
DIN 18122 / UNE 7377, 7002 / UNI 10014
s86-D1631 Flexible spatula 160 mm
22-T0031/E long
General description and specifications
s86-D1537 Wash bottle 500 ml cap.
Comprises: removable brass cup, adjustable
crank and cam mechanism, blow counter,
22-T0030/E s86-D1171/A Porcelain dish 120 mm
dia.
and base. Different models are available
conforming to the various specifications in s86-D1329
Moisture content tin 75 mm dia. x
use. They are identical in shape and diffe- 30 mm
rent generally according to type of base
and cup weight. Two versions available:
hand operated and motor operated. The
grooving tool has to be ordered separately.
Note. Grooving tool models 22-T0032/P and 22-T0032/AP are made of plastic
and supplied in pack of 10.
The set comprises: The set comprises: Used to precisely raise or lower the
Andreasen pipette to its required level
s22-T0035/4 Plastic carrying case s22-T0040/1 without disturbing the suspension under
Plastic limit plate 300x300 mm
s22-T0035/1 Shrinkage dish 45 mm dia. test.
x 12.7 mm high (Q.ty 2)
s22-T0040/2
s22-T0035/2 Crystallising dish 57 mm Stainless steel rod 3 mm dia. A Weight approx.: 10 kg
dia. x 31 mm deep
s86-D1171 Mixing dish 120 mm dia.
s86-D1630 Spatula 22-T0062/3
s86-D1329/A Moisture tin 75 mm dia. x Sedimentation cylinder 500 ml with
30 mm (Q.ty 6). rubber bung
Used to contain the test suspension during
Each item can be ordered individually. the pipette method particle size distribu-
tion test.
A Weight approx.: 1 kg
22-T0058/A
Constant temperature water bath.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
22-T0062/1,
22-T0035 22-T0062/2,
22-T0058/A,
22-T0062/3
s22-T0035/3 Shrinkage prong plate.
Manufactured from transparent acrylic
and fitted with 3 metal prongs
q STANDARD
LINEAR SHRINKAGE
BS 1377:2
q STANDARD
To perform the test the following specific
BS 1377:2
parts and apparatus are required:
22-T0037
22-T0037 22-T0062/1
Linear shrinkage
Andreasen pipette
mould Used to extract precise quantities of the
soil suspension ready for analysis during
Internal dimensions:
the particle size distribution test.
140 mm long, 12.5 mm radius
A Weight approx.: 300 g A Weight approx.: 300 g
22-T0062/5
s22-T0060/31
Rubber bung for 22-D1006/A jar
s22-T0060/A
(1) NF HYDROMETER ITEMS
Soil hydrometer 151 H. 0.995 – 1.038 g/ml
q STANDARD NF P94-057
s82-D1199
Glass thermometer 0-50°C, div. 0.5°C
22-D1007/A
s22-T0058/A Hydrometer jar 2500 cm3 cap., 85
Constant temperature water bath ±5 mm dia., graduated at 500,
Complete with heater, thermostat and cir-
1500 and 2000 cm3
culating unit. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.*
Capacity: up to 6 cylinders 22-T0062/A
B Dimensions: 600x300x380 mm Soil hydrometer 0.995 to 1.030 g/ml
22-D1007/A1
Hand stirrer 600 mm long
s22-T0060/1 High speed stirrer, 10000 rpm,
with cup and baffle. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
s86-D0802
Sodium hexametaphosphate 1000 g
s86-D1073
Beaker 250 cc
(1)
Soil hydrometer (alternative to 22-T0060/A)
22-T0060/B
Soil hydrometer 152 H - 5 to 60 g/l
A Weight approx.: 10 g
24-D0448
24-D1840
PH METERS
q STANDARD
BS 1377:3, ASTM D1067
24-D1845
Laboratory pH / mV / °C meter.
Battery and mains operated
24-D1846
24-D1846
Portable pH / mV / °C meter.
Battery operated
24-D1847
Pocket electronic pH tester.
Battery operated
24-D1847
24-D1845 with magnetic stirrer
Specifications
* Note. For use with 110 V ask for the 24-D1845/1 Adapter
24-D1870/A
Acidity test kit
B Dimensions: 260x120x60 mm
A Shipping weight: 910 g
24-D1870/B and 24-D1870/C
24-D1870/A
A Shipping weight: 460 g scientists etc. for the determination of soil
colour.
For 24-D1860/A the set consists of 7 con-
stant hue charts showing 196 colours.
24-D1870/C Chart and diagram are fitted in a pocket
Hardness test kit size binder.
For 24-D1860/T the set consists of 2 charts
In history, water hardness was defined by which can be fitted into the binder of 24-
the capacity of water to precipitate soap. D1860/A.
The ionic species in the water causing the
precipitation was later found to be calcium B Dimensions: 140x190 mm approx.
and magnesium.
The kit is supplied complete with 30 and
A Weight approx.: 500 g
100 ml calibrated vessels, reagents, gradua-
ted syringe with pipette tip and instruc-
tions.
B Dimensions: 200x120x60 mm
A Shipping weight: 460 g
24-D1860/A
Introduction
This test determines the rate and
magnitude of consolidation of soil
when it is restrained laterally and
subjected to a number of successive
increments of vertical loads. This - Compact and robust design
measure is a requirement of the - 3 lever arm ratio
- Screw-jack support
foundation, road and soils engineer.
Accessories
26-T0338/A fitted to the
s26-T0338/A Permeability attach- 26-T0302 with 26-T0320
ment with 50 ml graduated burette.
Complete with clamps, stand and rub-
ber hose for connection to the permea-
bility cell. Weight 4 kg
26-T0320 – 26-T0337
s82-D1252 Dial gauge 10 mm travel
x 0.002 mm subdivision
CONSOLIDATION CELLS
26-T0230/C2 26-T0230/D2
sCode Weight(1)
Including Including
27-T0270/A 0.250 kg
27-T0271/A 0.500 kg 2x0.250 kg 2x0.250 kg
27-T0272/A 1 kg 1x0.500 kg 3x0.500 kg
27-T0273/A 2 kg 1x1 kg 1x1 kg
27-T0274/A 4 kg 1x2 kg 1x2 kg
27-T0275/A 8 kg 1x4 kg -
27-T0276/A 5 kg 7x8 kg -
27-T0277/A 10 kg - 3x5 kg
- 6x10 kg
(1) The weights can be supplied on Total 64 kg Total 80 kg
request with traceable certificate both in
N and/or kg. 26-T0302 with cell and dial gauge
Cell model 26-T0320 - 26-T0322 26-T0321 - 26-T0323 26-T0325 - 26-T0327 26-T0326 - 26-T0328 26-T0335 - 26-T0337
Beam ratio(1) 1:10 1:11 1:10 1:9 1:10
Maximum pressure 32 kg/cm2 64 kg/cm2 20 t/ft2 40 t/ft2 16 kg/cm2 32 kg/cm2 16 kg/cm2 32 kg/cm2 8 kg/cm2 16 kg/cm2
Weight set 26- T0230/C2 T0230/C2 T0230/C2 T0230/C2 T0230/C2 T0230/C2 T0230/D2 T0230/D2 T0230/D2 T0230/D2
Additional weights - 8 x T0275/A - 8 x T0275/A - 8 x T0275/A - 8 x T0277/A - 8 x T0277/A
Total weight kg 64 128 64 128 64 128 80 160 80 160
q STANDARD
ITEM LIST UNE 103-600
Consolidation apparatus
26-T0302 Front loading oedometer 3 26-T0375
26-T0320 Fixed ring consolidation cell for specimen 50.47 mm dia. 3 Soil volume change apparatus
26-T0312 Oedometer bench to accept up to 3 oedometers 1
27-T0230/C2 Set of slotted steel weights for 26-T0320 for pressure up to 3.2 MPa 3
General description and specifications
27-T0275/A Additional slotted steel weights for 26-T0320 for pressure
up to 6.4 MPa 24
This apparatus (originally developed by the
Permeability measurement U.S. Federal Housing Administration) is
26-T0338/A Permeability attachment with 50 ml graduated burette complete 3 used for the determination of volume
with clamps, stand and rubber tube change of soil when subjected to changing
26-T0322 Fixed ring consolidation cell for specimen 50.47 mm dia. for 3 moisture conditions, so it is ideal for eva-
permeability measurement (alternative to 26-T0320) luating the swelling or shrinking conditions
in clay soils.
Electronic measurements with data acquisition The apparatus consists of a 69.85 mm dia.
82-P0330 Electronic displacement transducer 10 mm travel 3 mould with porous stones and loading cap,
30-T0601/A Automatic data acquisition and processing system 8 channels cap. 1
a base and tie rods, a load ring 5 kN (or 500
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
30-T0601/KEY Software protection key 1 kgf) cap. and a compaction hammer.
30-T0600/30 Transducers extension cable 6 m long, 6 pin connectors 3
30-T0600/31 Transducers extension cable 12 m long, 6 pin connectors 3 B Overall dimensions:
(alternative to 30-T0600/30) 185 mm dia. x 394 mm high
30-T0601/P1 Consolidation test program, data acquisition and processing 1 A Weight approx.: 11 kg
30-T0601/R0 Additional software package for customised printout 1
De-aired water
28-T0491/A De-airing tank 7 litres cap. 1
28-T0492/A De-airing water apparatus. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. 1
28-T0478/6 Nylon tubing 12x6 mm dia., 10 m coil 1
Data acquisition
82-P0330 Electronic linear transducer, 10 mm travel 1
28-T1048 Mounting bracket for displacement transducers 1
82-P0350 Pressure transducer 0-20 bar 1
28-T0477/4 De-airing block 1
82-P0375/T Strain gauge load cell 50 kN cap. with adapters for triaxial machine 1
30-T0601/A Automatic data acquisition system 8 channels
26-T0360 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. 1
30-T0600/30 Extension cord, 6 m long, complete with 6-pins connectors 3
Main features 30-T0601/KEY Protection key 1
30-T0601/P3 Triaxial program UU, CU, CD for data acquisition and processing 1
- Designed to perform continuous consoli- 30-T0601/S1 Excel data sheet for processing and printout
dation tests in conjunction with a tradi- of CRS consolidation tests(*) 1
tional compression machine generally
used for triaxial tests (*) Excel software package is a Microsoft product and is not included
- Double chamber cell, so that two diffe-
rent and independent water pressures
Advantages
can be applied
- Pore pressure measured at the base of
- Continuous monitoring of test parame-
the specimen with a strain gauge tran-
ters (axial load, pore pressure, axial com-
sducer
pression) and detailed plotting of the
- Drainage circuit connected at the top of
consolidation curve
the specimen for consolidation
- Relatively short time to perform the test
- The unit must be connected to other
(less than half the time of a traditional
equipment and data acquisition and pro-
consolidation test, incremental loading
cessing unit (See configuration of com-
type)
plete system).
- More accurate and reliable evaluation of
consolidation and compressibility para-
meters
n o t e - Particularly suitable for cohesive satura-
ted soils.
For data processing a PC
and printer are requested.
Please see page 96 (30-T0601/A) Specimen size: 25.4x63.5 mm (hxdia.)
Max. working pressure: 1700 kPa
Max. piston load: 45 kN Some diagrams obtained by the data
Max. height: 410 mm approx. processing program
Max. length: 240 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 10 kg
Testing equipment for the construction industry 65
27 Geotechnical: Direct / Residual shear
Shear testing machines SOIL TESTING
Introduction
This test covers the determination of
the consolidated drained shear
strength of a soil material in direct
shear. Two different models of stan-
dard shear strength machines are
available: electromechanical and
digital, plus the pneumatic automa-
tic model in which the application of - Reversable motor
for residual strength test
the vertical load is actuated by an - Infinitely variable speed
advanced pneumatic system. drive from 0.00001 to
11.00000 mm/min
- Compact ergonomic design
ELECTROMECHANICAL 27-T0225/A - Safety device to prevent
SHEAR TESTING MACHINES Beam loading overload and overtravel
device
q STANDARD
ASTM D3080, BS 1377:7, AASHTO T236
NF P094071-1/2
27-T0206/A
Motorised direct residual shear
27-T0206/A with accessories
machine complete with test timer.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. 0.0087 to 0.133 mm/min; 3rd from 0.132
27-T0206/AZ to 2 mm/min
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph. Maximum shear force:
5000 N – (3rd range 2000 N)
27-T0206/AY Maximum vertical load:
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph. 500 N / 5500 N using 10:1 lever
loading device 27-T0225/A
General description and specifications B Overall dimensions:
This new machine can accommodate all 1050x250x1250 mm
standard specimens up to 10 cm square A Weight approx.: 120 kg
and 10 cm dia.
The vertical load is directly applied to the
specimen through a load frame carrying BEAM LOADING DEVICE
weights and can be increased using the
beam loading device 27-T0225/A. 27-T0225/A
27-T0206/7 Balancing frame to ASTM specs.
Beam loading device 10:1 ratio
Power: 70 W
Speed drive ratio: 4000:1 General description
Speed ranges (infinitely variable): 1st
Used to amplify the vertical load on the Accessories
from 0.0005 to 0.0088 mm/min; 2nd from shear testing machines. It can receive up to
50 kg of weight so that the total load on Shear box assembly (see page 67)
the specimen can reach 550 kgf or 5500 N.
This device is supplied without weights, s27-T1002/SA
which should be ordered separately. Load ring 2000 N capacity
n o t e s27-T0230/C3 or 27-T0230/C4
See page 68
The machine is supplied with shear box
adaptor, vertical dial gauge, but without s27-T0225/A
Beam loading device, 10:1 ratio
load ring, dial gauge for horizontal displa-
cement, shear box apparatus, lever loa- s27-T0206/7
ding device 10:1 and weights. All these Balancing frame to ASTM specs.
items have to be ordered separately. See
27-T0206/A with accessories. Top view accessories.
SPARE PARTS
Shear box models
Part description 27-T0215/A 27-T0216/A 27-T0217/A 27-T0218/A 27-T0219/ 27-T0222/A
and code 6 cm 10 cm Ø 5 cm Ø 6 cm Ø 6.35 cm Ø 10 cm
(1) The weights can be supplied on request with traceable certificate both in N and/or
kg. (2) The weight sets 27-T0230/C3 and 27-T0230/C4 are suitable for all shear boxes to 27-T0216/7,
apply the various load steps. 27-T0220/7
30-T0601/A connected to a 27-T0207 digital Note. For more information on the 30-T0601/A Data Acquisition and Processing System
shear testing machine with accessories
see on page 96.
Legend
Stepper motor
Horizontal loading assembly
Compressed air supply
Proportional valve to control
the vertical load
Vertical loading assembly
Vertical load air pressure transducer
Vertical displacement transducer
Horizontal displacement transducer
Shear box
Load cell
Machine frame
Control console
27-T0208/A automatic digital shear box apparatus. Schematic layout
TRIAXIAL TESTS
q Standards
BS 1377:7, 8 / ASTM D2850, D4767, NF P94 070, P94 074
General information
The settlement of soil-supported foundations and the change in earth pressure due to small movement of retaining walls or other earth
supports, the yield of soil caused by local application of load, are determined by the relation between stress and strain in soils. The expe-
rimental investigation used to determine the stress-strain relation is usually carried out with a triaxial compression test. During the test,
the undisturbed soil samples are gradually stressed up to failure, which corresponds to the maximum shear strength. The test is perfor-
med placing a cylindrical soil sample, enclosed in a rubber membrane, in a triaxial cell and subjecting it to an isotropic fluid pressure.
An axial load is subsequently applied on the specimen through a loading piston in such a way that the soil sample is deformed at a con-
stant rate of strain. Generally speaking, the triaxial tests are performed to simulate different types of stress and drainage conditions that
can occur in the subsoil because of the effect of building constructions, excavations, tunnelling etc.
Three different triaxial tests are usually performed (see page 71) for total and effective stress measurement.
With this method the shear strength is measured with respect to Piston
total stress. The soil specimen (assumed saturated) is not allowed
to consolidate, maintains its original structure and water content, a = porous stone
so that its resistance only depends on the level of geostatic stress b = rubber membrane
c = cell fluid
in the field.
Tests are usually carried out on three specimens of the same sam-
Lateral pressure
ple, subjected to different confining pressure. Provided that the
soil is fully saturated, the effective stresses at failure is the same SOIL
for each test.
The Mohr envelope, plotted with respect to total stress is horizon-
tal and the shear strength is constant and equal to Cu (undrained
shear strength).
q STANDARD
BS 1377:8 / ASTM D2850, D4767
NF P94 070, P94 074
28-T0401
Digital triaxial frame, 50 kN cap.
110-230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
28-T0403
Digital triaxial frame, 100 kN cap.
110-230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Note. Upon request the machines can be supplied with RS 232 C output.
TECHNICAL DATA
Same as model 28-T-T0401 and 28-T0403 shown on page 72
Configuration -
servo controlled drive through stepper motor
Servo-control parameters -
Axial load (load controlled tests)
-
Axial displacement (displacement controlled tests)
Control Unit -
4 channel built-in stand alone digital unit for data acquisition and control
of stepper motor
- Microprocessored based design with 16 bit A/D converter
Control panel - Incorporates a large graphic display (240x128 pixel), a touch sensitive
10 keys membrane keypad
- Use of programmed keys F1, F2, F3, F4 allows different menu to be activated and
linked together at different levels for immediate access to the required functions
Digital display - display in real time of test data in physical units: axial load (N), axial displacement
(mm compression/extension), pore pressure (kPa), volume change (cm3)
Resolution - 1/65.000 full range
Connection of transducers a) To the compression machine
for data acquisition (1)
- Strain gauge load cell for axial load measurement
- Potentiometric transducer for axial displacement
b) To the triaxial cell
- Strain gauge transducer for pore pressure
c) To volume change control panel
- Potentiometric transducer for volume change measurement
Excitation supply of the transducers - built-in within the compression machine
Data storage - battery backed with real time clock
Scanning time of data - Data recording can pre-set by the operator:
- at intervals of time linear polynomial, exponential
- at intervals of recorded stress
- at interval of recorded displacement
Data maximum capacity - 2000 readings per channel for each test
Transducers calibration - Automatic linear calibration (5 points)
- Input of parameters of polynomial equation for non linear calibration
- Non-volatile storage of channels calibration data
RS 232 C Serial port - For temporarily connection to PC to download recorded data in physical units:
- with serial data communication program (e.g. Hyperterminal D Terminal code
82-P0800/TRM)
- with our Geolab 2000 dedicated software
(1) See accessories
Software application
The machine is fully automatic, controlled patible, is available for triaxial tests (see - Stress ratio vs. strain
via the front panel with digital display of Geolab 2000, code 30-T0601/P3). - Skempton’s A parameter vs. axial strain
test measurements (axial pressure, axial The following diagrams and printouts are (for CU triaxial tests).
displacement, pore pressure and volume available for a single or for a group of tests: A special section of the software is devoted
change) in real time. - Mohr’s circle plots and Mohr-Coulomb to the customised printout, 30-T0601/R0.
The computer is only temporarily connec- linear failure envelope The user can introduce all the information
ted for data transmission of stored data for - Stress path plots and failure envelope and general data to printout each test cer-
monitoring of the test in progress, proces- (according to MIT analysis) tificate (logo of the laboratory, name of the
sing and printing of results. - Axial stress vs. axial strain technicians involved in the tests, file of the
For complete processing according to the - Pore pressure vs. axial strain (for CU test, number of the certificate, reference
International standards (BS 1377, ASTM, triaxial tests) standards, etc.).
ISSMGE) and customised printout of test - Volume change vs. axial strain (for CD
reports a special software, Windows com- triaxial tests)
n o t e Accessory
To perform extension tests it is necessary Detail of the locking system of the triaxial cell
to substitute the porous caps model s28-T0403/A2 Triaxial cell piston for to the lower platen for extension tests
extension tests. It is interchangeable with
T0420/A3, T0422/A3, T0425/A3, T0428/A3, the standard piston part of 28-T0410/A,
T0432/A3 respectively with the following 28-T0411/A, 28-T0416/A cells
appropriate models: T0420/A3T,
T0422/A3T, T0425/A3T, T0428/A3T,
T0432/A3T, for dia. 35-38-50-70-100 mm.
Furthermore the modification of the upper
flange of the triaxial cell is also required.
This modification can be factory made on
your existing triaxial cells or programmed
in case of a complete laboratory supply.
For new modified triaxial cells ask for the
following codes:
28-T0410/AT Triaxial cell up to 50 mm dia.
28-T0411/AT Triaxial cell up to 70 mm dia.
28-T0416/AT Triaxial cell up to 100 mm dia.
28-T0403/A2
Detail of the triaxial cell and rigid connection to the piston for extension tests
Measurement accessories
Electronic transducer
Same as those shown on page 76.
Displacement transducers
Used to measure the compression of the
specimen in the triaxial cells:
PC software Geolab
1 2 5 10 15 20 30 40 50
Standard 82-T1001 82-T1002 82-T1003 82-T1004 82-T1005 82-T1006 82-T1007 82-T1008 82-T1009
Electronic 82-T1001/E 82-T1002/E 82-T1003/E 82-T1004/E 82-T1005/E 82-T1006/E 82-T1007/E 82-T1008/E 82-T1009/E
Accessories 82-D1257
Dial indicator 30x0.01 mm
s28-T1049 Connector with conical
seat for load rings. Screwed to the 82-D1259
lower base of the load ring to receive
the steel sphere. Weight approx. 50 g Dial indicator 50x0.01 mm
General description
Each cell has to be completed with the base adaptor corresponding to the specimen size
as shown in the following table. All adaptors are perforated for bottom drainage/pore pres-
28-T0420/9 sure measurement and are supplied complete with a solid disc for use in undrained tests.
Specimen 28-T0410/A 28-T0411/A 28-T0416/A
dia. mm sCode sCode sCode
35 28-T0410/A1 28-T0411/A1 -
38 28-T0410/A2 28-T0411/A2 -
50 28-T0410/A3 28-T0411/A3 -
70 - 28-T0411/A4 28-T0416/A1
100 - - 28-T0416/A2
HAND SAMPLERS
Spares
Spare tube and connector 28-T0420/20 28-T0420/20 28-T0420/20 28-T0428/20 28-T0432/20
for porous top cap
(1) Depending upon cell model (2) 50 ml model (3) Complete with connection for 6 mm dia. plastic hose
Other accessories
s86-D0845
Water-repellent grease. 1 kg box
s86-D0822 Vaseline oil. 1 kg bottle
s28-T0420/15 Greaser for triaxial cell
Top view
Base adaptor
PWL
Porous disc
Rubber membrane
PWU
Sealing rings
2 PWL
5
3
CW
4
5
1
PWL
Membrane stretcher
Split mould
Used to pull open the membrane to allow it Used for trimming the ends of soil
to be easily placed over the specimen specimen.
without any disturbance.
Introduction
The pressure system provides two
separate lines for the desired con-
stant pressure inside the triaxial cell
(cell pressure system) and in the spe-
cimen drainage line (back pressure
system).
A specimen volume change indicator
(burette or electric transducer type)
is also provided.
The system is completed by a de-
aired water apparatus and by all
other accessories such as tubing,
valves etc.
Different solutions are available
depending on the type of test to be
performed.
For clarity we propose first the most Triaxial pressure system for three triaxial cells (see also page 82)
common layout systems and then all
single components.
All single components can however
be combined to provide different
solutions conforming to the user’s
requirements.
Triaxial pressure system for one triaxial cell (see also page 82)
Item list
Note. Digital pressure readout unit, pore pressure transducer and de-airing block
are all included on 28-T0477/L.
OIL AND WATER CONSTANT
PRESSURE SYSTEM
28-T0474/B
Oil and water constant pressure
apparatus for pressures up to 1700
kPa. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
28-T0474/C
Oil and water constant pressure
apparatus for pressures up to 3500
kPa. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
Accessories
28-T0477/C Control panel for 3 triaxial cells (cell pressure and back pressure) 2
28-T0477/E1 Control panel for three burettes for volume change measurement
with distribution valves 1
28-T0477/E2 Control panel for automatic volume change measurement 1
28-T0478 Bladder air-water pressure cylinder 6
28-T0490 Nylon tubing 6x4 mm dia. 20 m coil 4
28-T0490/1 Flaring tool 1
28-T0491 De-airing tank 33 l capacity 1
28-T0478/6 Nylon tubing 12x6 mm. 10 m coil for compressed air
and water connection 2
28-T0492/A De-airing water apparatus 1
86-D2018 Air compressor 1
86-D2018/1 Auxiliary air reservoir 1
28-T0478/10 Quick coupling 1
82-P0349 Pressure transducer 0-10 bar 3
28-T0477/4 De-airing block 3
Typical pressure system for CU/CD tests on three cells (see layout on page 80)
Automatic test system. (Air compressor and de-airing tank not shown) General layout
28-T0478
Bladder air/water pressure cylinder.
Max. pressure:
0-1100 kPa A Weight approx.: 7 kg
1000 kPa
General description and specifications
B Dimensions:
28-T0454 Distribution panel
178 mm dia. The unit comprises a steel panel onto
x 297 mm which are mounted a 200 mm dia. preci-
height sion pressure gauge, and four inlet/outlet General description
A Weight approx.: no-volume change valves.
Consists of 5 no-volume change inlet/outlet
8 kg valves fitted on a wall mounted panel.
B Dimensions: 450x340x92 mm
A Weight approx.: 5 kg B Dimensions: 310x135x55 mm
28-T0478
A Weight approx.: 2 kg
Accessories 28-T0453
Pressure measurement panel with
s28-T0478/6 Nylon tubing 12x6 mm screw pump 0-1100 kPa
dia. 10 m coil. For connecting the labo-
ratory air compressor
General description and specifications
s28-T0478/10 Quick coupling. For
connecting 28-T0478/6 nylon tubing to
the distribution valves of the control Specifically designed for the measurement
panels of pore pressure where the built-in screw
28-T0454
pump is used to balance the pore pressure
s28-T0490 Nylon tubing 6x4 mm dia. generated inside the specimen and indica-
20 m coil. For connecting 28-T0478
air/water pressure cylinders to the ted by the null indicator. Through the use of
the selector valves the unit may also be used NYLON TUBING
distribution valves of the control panels
86-D2019 86-D2001/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
Compressed air dehumidifier,
350 l/min. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
Specifications
B Dimensions: 455x240x197 mm approx.
Free air displacement (l/min): 75
A Weight approx.: 18 kg
Ultimate vacuum (mbar): 0.1
86-D2015 86-D2019/Z Power (W): 180
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph. B Dimensions (mm): 345x155x215
A Weight (kg): 12
86-D2064
Rubber tube for vacuum
16.5 mm x 6.5 mm, 2 m long
86-D2015 28-T0491/2
Laboratory air compressor, 10 bar Water trap
max. pressure, 50 l cap. 86-D2001
To collect condensed water vapour. For use
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
with 28-T0491 and 28-T0491/A tanks in
conjunction with 86-D2001.
86-D2015/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
86-D2018
Laboratory air compressor, 14 bar
max. pressure, 8 l cap.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
86-D2018/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
28-T0491/2
Accessories
s28-T0494/1
Panel with reversing valve system
Used to reverse the water flow in the
28-T0494 apparatus and to measure
the water flow in both directions.
Consists of 4 no-volume change valves
fitted on a wall mounted panel.
Dimensions 135x310x55 mm. Weight 28-T0494/1
approx. 2 kg
Spare parts
28-T0457
s28-T0494/2
Spare rubber membrane
- Programmable
in Imperial
or metric units
- Battery operated
- Peak function
(positive
and negative)
82-P0349
Pressure transducer, 10 bar
82-P0350
Pressure transducer, 20 bar
28-T0477/4
De-airing block for pressure
transducer
28-T0461/B with three 82-P0350
Specifications
28-T0477/E1
Control panel assembly for volume
change measurement of three
triaxial cells
Comprising:
28-T0459 No. 3 Double burette volume change apparatus
28-T0477/2 No. 3 Two-way distribution valve
28-T0477/E1 28-T0477/15 No. 1 Aluminium panel 700x1000 mm complete with screws and
anchors for wall fitting
q STANDARD: BS 1377: Part 8: 1990 - ASTM D2850, D4767 - NF P04 070, NF P94 074
Typical configuration of triaxial testing systems with bladder type air/water pressure supply:
- For CU and CD tests with 1 or 3 triaxial cells - For UU tests with 1 triaxial cell
Typical configuration of advanced triaxial testing systems with bladder type air/water pressure supply, electronic measure-
ment, data acquisition and processing:
- For UU, CU and CD tests with 1 or 3 triaxial cells
- For automatic stand alone UU, CU and CD tests with 1 triaxial cell
Code Description CU/CD tests UU test Automatic
Stand alone
1 cell 3 cells 1 cell UU/CU/CD tests
for 1 triaxial cell
SPECIMENS CONSOLIDATION
q STANDARD ASTM D4767-95,
D2850-95 / BS 1377:Part 7, Part 8: 1990 28-T0493 complete with
triaxial cells, dial gauges beam
28-T0493 loading device and weights
General description
28-T0493 Detail of
This apparatus has been designed to redu-
the upper frame
ce the testing time for triaxial tests, where with the top knob
only one compression machine is available. to adjust and level
With this equipment it is possible to - To perform simultaneously the aniso- the position of the
tropic consolidation stage of three beam device
perform the consolidation stage of three triaxial specimens conforming to the
triaxial specimens at the same time - To reduce the testing time where only different triaxial
for CU and CD tests, where: one triaxial compression machine is cells. The base plate
- Vertical compression of available is also suitable for
- For triaxial cells up to 100 mm dia. other makes of
specimen must be measured
specimens triaxial cells provi-
- Anisotropic consolidation has to be - Ergonomic design for better use of ded that they are
performed. space in the laboratory equipped with a
It consists of a steel bench complete with centring hole
three load frames and centring platens, for 13 mm dia. by
all our triaxial cells (28-T0410/A, 3 mm deep
28-T0411/A and 28-T0416/A), for triaxial Accessories
specimens from 35 to 100 mm dia.
The apparatus can also be used for other Code Description
make of triaxial cells, provided that they are Slotted weights
equipped with a centring hole 13 mm dia. 28-T0493/1
x 3 mm deep. Each consolidation frame can Set of weights for specimen from 35 to 70 mm dia. Each set, suitable
be equipped with a beam loading device to for a single frame complete with beam loading device, consists
reduce the number of dead weights requi- of the following:
red for anisotropic consolidation (see acces- No. 4 27-T0270/A Slotted steel weight 250 g
sories). Weights can be placed on both the No. 4 27-T0271/A Slotted steel weight 500 g
centre hanger and on the lever hanger. No. 4 27-T0272/A Slotted steel weight 1 kg
The weights of the loading frames have No. 4 27-T0273/A Slotted steel weight 2 kg
been reduced to minimum so that a coun- No. 4 27-T0274/A Slotted steel weight 4 kg
terbalance of the frame is not required. 28-T0493/2
Additional set of weights for specimen up to 100 mm dia. Each set, suitable for a
Bench dimensions: 1300x585 mm single frame complete with beam loading device, is used in addition to the other
B Overall dimensions (hxdxl):
set of weights 28-T0493/1 for anisotropic consolidation of large size specimens. It
consists of the following:
1300x800x970 mm No. 4 27-T0275/A Slotted steel weight 8 kg
A Total weight: 145 kg approx.
Beam loading device
28-T0493/3
Beam loading device 10:1 ratio. Used to amplify the axial load to be applied on the
specimens contained in the triaxial cells. The lever is completed with a screw-jack
support with handle
Holding device
28-T0410/A4 Holding lock to maintain the piston of the triaxial cell in contact with
the specimen
Detail of the 28-T0493/3 10:1 beam loading device
77-B0310/A
Servo-pneumatic testing frame
Base system capable of applying loads up Testing frame and triaxial cell
to ± 5 kN at frequencies up to 50 Hz com-
prising: n o t e
- Test frame Due to the diversities of the tests we will
- Pneumatic actuator with integral displa- be happy to quote to your individual
needs.
Applications
- Investigation of liquidification poten-
tial for sandy saturated deposits.
- Modulus and damping properties of
soils.
- Investigation of wave effects on off-
shore structures.
- Simulation of stress and strain condi-
tion of soil during earthquakes
- Load frequency up to 50 Hz
- Load up to ± 10 kN
- For specimens up to 100 mm dia.
- 6 channels data acquisition
- Closed loop control
- Graphics in real time
- Easy software management
- Force or displacement control
- Standard and user defined wave forms
- Compression and extension testing
- Isotropic and anisotropic stress condition
30-T0601/A
8 channels expandable to 32
connectable to
to perform
Consolidation
Direct shear
Multireversal residual shear
Unconfined
Triaxial UU-CU-CD
CBR
Force
Displacement
Pressure
Volume change
with the
30-T0601/A
AUTOMATIC DATA ACQUISITION
AND PROCESSING SYSTEM (CONTINUED)
Hardware
- 8 measuring channels
- Compatible input signals: mV, V and mA
- Power output for transducers excitation: 30-T0601/KEY
10 V (mod. 82-P0908/A and 30-T0601/A)
Protection key.
or 2 V (mod. 82-P0908/B). If needed
power output can be adjusted at other specifically designed to incorporate the To be installed in the parallel port of
rates by jumpers setting majority of test procedures carried out PC to use the software.
- Individual jumper setting of transducer throughout the world according to the
type (differential or single ended) International Standards. i m p o r t a n t n o t e
- A/D converter ± 32000 divisions The system, which is housed in a special The new 30-T0601/A can be connected to
- Individual trimmer adjusting of zero console, is supplied as standard to accept the previous model 30-T0601 for a multi-
point and slope (gain) for each channel up to 8 signals coming from as many tran- ple system of up to 32 channels. Please
- RS 232 programmable serial output sducers. Each one of these signals can be contact our technical-commercial Dept.
- Real time clock and date independently calibrated and reset. The for more information.
- 256 kB data memory monitor shows graphically the course of
- 128 kB RAM memory each selected test.
- 128x64 pixel back-light graphic display n o t e
- Easy operation with 4 function keys and Complete configuration
The system 30-T0601/A, complete with
numerical keypad Geolab 2000 software package, requires a
- Rigid case isolated for H.F. electric noise The system is supplied for connection to a
personal computer where Windows
- PS/2 sockets for transducers connection high resolution graphic printing unit. A
package (from 95 Release) must be avai-
- Sampling rate: up to 3 Hz (3 readings per typical system comprises:
lable. The data transmission is carried out
channels per second) - Computer
via the serial port RS 232.
- Power supply 110-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. - Software programs. See 30-T0601/P1 to
All the recorded data and the general
30-T0601/R0
information of each test can be exported
Software: The new GEOLAB 2000 system The system can be expanded by up to four
in ASCII code in order to be compatible,
units connected through a serial cable, cor-
readable and processed by many software
All the available programs: from 30- responding to 32 channels. This new appa-
package MS-DOS or Windows compatible
T0601/P1 to 30-T0601/P10 described below ratus also has the advantage of being used
(Excel, Winword, Grapher, etc.).
have been designed conforming to the without PC for manual processing of data
A proper software package (see
latest requirement of the modern advanced or for using other processing systems. It is
30-T0601/R0) is devoted to customised
laboratories. possible:
printout of test reports, so that most high
They can be used for: - To select the unit for each channel (e.g.
resolution printers are compatible. The
Consolidation tests – Triaxial tests (UU, N, kPa, mm, etc.)
system has to be completed with the pro-
CU, CD) controlled at each step (satu- - To select full range of every channel thus
tection key.
ration, consolidation, failure) – Direct changing the transducer type
shear test – Residual shear test (multi- - To select different acquisition scanning
reversal test) – Unconfined compressi- - To monitor channels involved in each
ve strength – CBR test. test
The programs for the above tests have been - To print in real time the stored data of
each test
- To display stored data of each channel.
PC and printer are not included.
30-T0601/P3
CBR test Unconfined and triaxial test pro-
Unconfined test gram UU, CU, CD, data acquisition
and processing
1)Time/pore pressure data and diagram for
Triaxial tests each saturation stage of CU and CD tests
UU-CU-CD 2)Summary table of saturation data and
computation of Skempton's B
3)Time/pore pressure, parameter time/volu-
me change and time/settlement data
and diagrams for each consolidation
stage of CU and CD tests
4)Tabulated data for the failure stage of
UU, CU, CD tests
5) For up to 6 different specimens tested at
different effective (or total) confining
pressure of UU, CU and CD tests, plots of
the following data:
- Stress/strain
- Pore pressure/strain (CU tests)
- Volume change/strain (CD tests)
- Stress ratio/strain
- Stress path
Direct/Residual - Mohr’s circles
shear tests - Evaluation of the shear strength para-
Consolidation tests
meters with the failure envelope for-
mulated on the video display.
30-T0601/P10 ACCESSORIES
Hydraulic consolidation cell test,
data acquisition and processing CALIBRATION DEVICE
1) Summary table of volume change and FOR LINEAR TRANSDUCERS
pore pressure data
2) Graphical representation curve of volu- 30-T0652
me change and pore pressure versus log Calibration device for linear
time (or square root of time) including
transducers
the procedure to identify the end of
consolidation. It consists of a stainless steel frame with
two holders: one for the transducer and Displacement transducer 82-P0334 during
30-T0601/R0 the other for the micrometer gauge head. calibration using the 30-T0652 device
Additional software package for The holder can receive transducers having
customised printout nominal diameter of 8, 12, 19 or 22 mm.
This package includes a dedicated editor Traceable calibration certificate available SIGNAL SIMULATOR
specially designed as a tool for customised upon request.
printout. The user can introduce and posi- 82-P0402
tion on each certificate all the subsidiary A Weight approx.: 1 kg Signal simulator
information and data that he requires to
print. E.g.: logo of the laboratory, name of For load cells and pressure transducers
the technicians, test code, certificate num- strain gauge type. It can be used for
ber, reference standards, different format EXTENSION CABLES checking the linearity of measuring instru-
and physical units of data, etc. ments with digital display (e.g. Digimax,
Different printout configurations can be 30-T0600/30 Datamatic, Dataloggers, etc.).
easily set up, stored and recalled for auto- The simulator applies four levels of unba-
Transducer extension cable, 6 m
matic customised printout. lance of Wheastone bridge in order to
The most important advantage of this simulate pressures or loads: 0 – 0.50 – 1.00
30-T0600/31
package is that, provided the main softwa- – 2.00 mV/V.
re is displayed in English (or French, or Transducer extension cable, 12 m In this way it is possible to control the cali-
Spanish, or Italian), each single certifica- bration without applying any pressure or
te can be stored and printed in local load. Supplied complete with 6-pins adapter.
CONNECTION BOX
language directly by the user.
The package is supplied complete with 30-T0601/LINK A Weight approx.: 0.5 kg
examples of customised certificates that
for the majority of application do not need Connection box for multiple system
any change (only translation may be requi- Connection box and cable, to connect from
2 to 4 30-T0601/A Dataloggers to PC. Accessories
red by the customer).
s82-P0402/1 Adapter 5/6-pins suita-
ble for all our instruments
82-P0402
SOFTWARE (CONTINUED)
EXAMPLES OF CUSTOMISED PRINTS
Transducer accessories
Conical seat for triaxial load rings 28-T1049
Mounting bracket for displacement transducers 28-T1048
Panel with reversing valve system 28-T0494/1
De-airing block for pressure transducer 28-T0477/4
Extension rod for submersible transducer 28-T0418/5
Mounting bracket for 25 mm displ. transducer 27-P0332/AS
Mounting bracket for CBR displ. transducer 34-T0104/8
Connecting adaptor for CBR load cell 82-P0375/C
Software
CBR (California Bearing Ratio) 30-T0601/P5
Triaxial (UU, CU, CD, Unconfined) 30-T0601/P3
Direct and residual (multirev.) shear test 30-T0601/P2
Consolidation (Oedometer) 30-T0601/P1
Consolidation (Hydraulic cell) 30-T0601/P10
Customised printout (1 common for all packages) 30-T0601/R0
Protection key (1 unit common for all packages) 30-T0601/KEY
Introduction
When highway or railway defined level of compaction in the The new EN and pr EN standards:
earthworks, bases, subbases and field, several laboratory tests have pr EN 13286 Unbound and hydraulically
dams are constructed and subgrades been developed over the years; they bound mixtures. Test methods for labora-
are prepared, it is necessary to com- only differ for the different level of tory dry density and water content
pact the material mechanically, to energy applied to the soil sample. A number of new EN standards have
confer a high degree of density. The terms "percent compaction" been developed or are under deve-
This procedure increases the or "relative compaction" usually lopment covering this subject. The
shear strength, reduces the permea- refer to the ratio of the dry weight test methods are practically identical
bility and water absorption, and per unit volume of a field-compac- to those of the other standards
reduces the tendency to settle under ted soil, compacted with mechanical except for some dimension and spe-
repeated loading. equipment, to the maximum dry cification of testing apparatus. For
Compaction is therefore defined as weight per unit volume of the same this reason we prefer to propose
the process of increasing the density soil, compacted in the laboratory in separately all the EN testing appara-
of a material by mechanical means. accordance with a standard proce- tus even if, very often, they are iden-
To simulate the procedure adop- dure, at the "optimum moisture tical to those referring to other stan-
ted in the earthworks to obtain a content". dards.
2.40
γd(g/cm )
3
2.30
2.20
1
2.10
S = 100% (G=2.70)
2.00
1.90 2
1.80
3
1.70
1.60
1.50
1.40
4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
W (%)
EN PROCTOR MOULDS
EN PROCTOR RAMMERS
33-T0075/E EN Proctor rammer, low energy 2.50 ± 0.02 50.0 ± 0.05 305 ± 3
33-T0076/E EN Proctor rammer, medium energy 4.50 ± 0.04 50.0 ± 0.05 457 ± 3
PROCTOR MOULDS
BS model
33-T0070/B BS Standard BS 1377:4, 1924:2 1000 105 115.5 7
compaction mould
PROCTOR RAMMERS
33-T0075 Proctor Standard ASTM D558, D698, D1557 50.8 305 2.49 3
compaction rammer AASHTO T99, T134, T180
CNR N°69
33-T0076 Modified compaction ASTM D698, D1557 50.8 457.2 4.54 5.3
rammer AASHTO T99, T180, CNR N°69
NF models
33-T0075 Proctor Standard NF P94-078, P94-093 51 305 2.49 3
compaction rammer NF P98-231-1
33-T0076 NF modified NF P94-093, P94-078 51 457 4.535 5.3
compaction rammer
NLT – UNE models
33-T0075 Proctor Standard UNE 103-500 50.8 305 2.49 3
compaction rammer
33-T0076 NLT modified NLT-108/91 51 457 4.535 5.3
compaction rammer
BS models
33-T0075/B BS Standard BS 1377:4, 1924:2 50 300 2.5 3
compaction rammer
33-T0076/B BS modified BS 1377:4, 1924:2 50 450 4.5 5.3
compaction rammer
PROGRAMMABLE MODEL models plus the performance of the central UPGRADING OPTIONS:
blow prescribed by the French NF and NOISE REDUCTION
33-T8532 Dutch RAV standards. Furthermore the AND SAFETY CABINETS
Digital programmable automatic hand held control panel features a large
Proctor/CBR compactor. digital display of 240x128 pixel. The user 33-T8500/XUP
Complete with rammer 50 mm dia. friendly software is set out to follow logical
Noise reduction and safety cabinet
2491/4535 g weight. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. sequences to lead the operator through
each stage of the compaction. At the start for Compacto 33-T8500 and
of the test cycle the operator selects the 33-T8600 Series automatic compactors
General description Standard (ASTM, NF, etc.) and the mould
size and the test automatically proceeds. General description
This research model is substantially similar The display shows the current state of the
to the standard model except for the more test in real time. The end of each layer All compactors can be supplied complete
sophisticated compaction technique, which compaction is indicated by a visual and with the above cabinet, which is essential
features all methods of the standard acoustic signal. for use in the laboratory conforming to the
CE prescriptions. Selecting this option, the
compactor is supplied without safety
Extra features of the 33-T8532 program- guards, the control panel is fitted external-
mable model ly and the safety switch fitted to the cabi-
- User defined compaction sequence for net door.
research work The complete arrangement (compactor and
- Microprocessor controlled
- Hand held digital control panel cabinet) has to be factory installed. When
- Display in English, French, German, ordering the compactor, code number has
Spanish, and Italian to be followed by the code of this option.
- Central blow conforming to NF and Example: compactor model 33-T8502 plus
RAV standards
upgrading option Noise reduction and
safety cabinet 33-T8500/XUP.
33-T8532 model
COMPACTO 33-T8500 SERIES (ALL MODELS). COMPACTO 33-T8532. DISTRIBUTION BY CENTRAL BLOW
DISTRIBUTION OF DROP PATTERN. REQUIRED BY NF AND SELECTABLE BY SOFTWARE.
Mould Mould Mould Mould
ø 101.6 – 105 mm ø 150 – 152.4 mm ø 101.5 mm ø 152 mm
33-T8500 Series with CBR mould. View with open doors. Closing the doors all moving parts are
shielded and micro switches prevent operation with the doors open. This design makes maintenan-
ce extremely easy. The upper frame housing the rammer mechanism moves automatically angularly
for the total surface compaction of the 152.4 mm dia. (6") moulded specimens. The rammer pick-up
has a cam system for accurate height release and is made of highly resistant material for trouble
free long life. The rammer portion is moved across the sample surface by a cogged gear whilst the
mould rotates on the lower table.
Available models
33-T8612
Automatic Proctor/CBR digital com-
pactor conforming to ASTM/AASH-
TO complete with CE protection.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
33-T8613
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
33-T8614
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
33-T8700
Vibrating hammer.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
34-T0090/B1 CBR mould body, plated steel, with both ends threaded to fit the base 3
or collar. 152 mm ID. x 127 mm high
34-T0090/B2 Extension collar. 152 mm IDx 50 mm high 1
34-T0090/B3 Perforated base plate 1.8
34-T0090/B4 Solid base or top plate 1.8
34-T0090/B5 Cutting collar 1
34-T0090/B6 “C” spanner. To mount and to dismount the collar from the mould body. 1
Two are required for the operation
34-T0090/B7 Tool for base plate. To remove or mount the solid or perforated 1
base plate from the mould
34-T0091/B Compaction plug with handle. 150 mm dia. x 50 mm high 7.2
34-T0094/B Annular surcharge weight, 2 kg 2
34-T0095/B Split surcharge weight, 2 kg 2
34-T0095/C Tamping bar. 12.7 mm dia. x 380 mm long 0.4
86-D1800 Whatman filter paper or correspondent No. 1x150 mm dia. Pack of 100 /
34-T0099 Straightedge. 3x30x300 mm 0.3
82-D1694 Steel rule, 500 mm long /
16-T0080* Universal Proctor/CBR/Marshall extruder 25
34-T0091/B
34-T0090/B1 34-T0090/B2
34-T0090/B5
34-T0090/B3
34-T0090/B4
34-T0094/B
34-T0090/B7
34-T0090/B6
34-T0095/B
35-T0063
33-T0063/5, 33-T0063/6
DETERMINATION OF COMPACTABILITY.
MOISTURE CONDITION VALUE. MCV
MOISTURE CONDITION
AND CHALK CRUSHING VALUE
q STANDARD
pr EN 13286-46
BS 1377, TRL approved
33-T0064
Moisture condition apparatus
q STANDARD
ASTM D1558
Accessories
33-T0165
s33-T0064/2 Fibre discs. Pack of 6 Proctor penetrometer
33-T0166
Load ring penetrometer
A Weight approx.: 4 kg
pr EN version
ASTM D1883 – AASHTO T 193 – UNE 103-502 – CNR UNI 10009
34-T0090 CBR mould complete with collar and perforated base plate. 7.8
Plated steel, 6 in. (152.4 mm) dia. x 7 in. (177.8 mm) body height
34-T0090/1 Split CBR mould complete with collar and perforated base plate.
Same dimension of 34-T0090. Split longitudinally on one side to
permit easy withdrawal of sample 8.5
34-T0090/3 Filter screen. Stainless steel woven mesh, No. 100 (150 µm),
144 mm dia. /
34-T0091 Spacer disc with "T" handle.
515/16 in. dia. (150.8 mm) x 2.416 in. (61.4 mm) high 7.5
34-T0091/1 Spacer disc conforming to UNE standards 7.5
34-T0094 Annular surcharge weight, 2.27 kg 2.27
34-T0095 Slotted surcharge weight, 2.27 kg 2.27
34-T0096 Sliding weight rammer. Rammer face 2 in. (50.8 mm) dia.
free fall height 18 in. (457.2 mm), sliding weight 10 lb. (4.54 kg) 8
34-T0098 Cutting edge 0.5
34-T0099 Straight edge. 3x30x300 mm 0.3
34-T0097 Solid CBR base 1
86-D1801 Whatman filter paper. No. 5x150 mm dia. Pack of 100 /
34-T0094
34-T0095/F
34-T0094/F
34-T0099
34-T0097 34-T0095
34-T0099
ASTM, AASHTO, UNE, UNI, CNR version NF version 34-T0096
34-T0090/B1 CBR mould body, plated steel, with both ends threaded to fit the base 3
or collar. 152 mm ID. x 127 mm high
34-T0090/B2 Extension collar. 152 mm IDx 50 mm high 1
34-T0090/B3 Perforated base plate 1.8
34-T0090/B4 Solid base or top plate 1.8
34-T0090/B5 Cutting collar 1
34-T0090/B6 “C” spanner. To mount and to dismount the collar from the mould body. 1
Two are required for the operation
34-T0090/B7 Tool for base plate. To remove or mount the solid or perforated base plate from the mould 1
34-T0091/B Compaction plug with handle. 150 mm dia. x 50 mm high 7.2
34-T0094/B Annular surcharge weight, 2 kg 2
34-T0095/B Split surcharge weight, 2 kg 2
34-T0095/C Tamping bar. 12.7 mm dia. x 380 mm long 0.4
86-D1800 Whatman filter paper or correspondent No. 1x150 mm dia. Pack of 100 /
34-T0099 Straightedge. 3x30x300 mm 0.3
82-D1694 Steel rule, 500 mm long /
16-T0080* Universal Proctor/CBR/Marshall extruder 25
34-T0091/B
34-T0090/B1
34-T0090/B2
34-T0090/B5
34-T0090/B3
34-T90/B4
34-T0094/B
34-T0090/B7
34-T0090/B6
34-T0095/B
BS version
34-T0106
34-T0103/1
Detail of
adjustable
piston
34-T0106/B with accessories and mould 34-T0106 with accssories listed next page (digital mode) and CBR mould
34-T0106 pr EN 13286-47 82-T1009 50 kN load ring Common to the 34-T0106 and 34-T0106/BS models:
Frame only ASTM D1883 34-T0103/3 CBR penetration 34-T0103/10 Guide bracket and ball seating
AASHTO T193 assembly including 34-T0103/1 82-P0375/C Adapter to fit load cell
NF P94-078 Adjustable penetration piston, 82-P0375 Load cell 50 kN cap.
NLT 111 34-T0104/7 Dial gauge holder, 34-T0108/2 Connector load cell/accessory
CNR-UNI 10009 and 82-D1257 Dial gauge 34-T0103/1 Adjustable CBR penetration piston
34-T0104/8 Adjustable transducer holder
82-P0332 25 mm displacement transducer
76-Q0802/C(1) Digimax Plus data acquisition and
processing system
76-S0110/C CBR test, PC software (optional)
(1) For more information on the 76-Q0802/C Digimax Plus data acquisition and processing see page 122.
CBR ACCESSORIES
34-T0103/3
CBR penetration assembly including
34-T0103/1 Adjustable penetration
piston, 34-T0104/7 Dial gauge hol-
der, and 82-D1257 Dial gauge
The piston, 49.6 mm dia. with hardened
surface is fitted with a locking collar and a
threaded extension for the connection to
the load ring. The dial gauge holder can be
easily laterally adjusted to fit any type of
moulds or reference anvil.
34-T0103/3 including:
34-T0103/1, T0104/7 and 82-D1257 34-T0103/10
(all assembly) Guide bracket and ball seating
Cast aluminium with ball seating arrange-
ment. Required by the BS 1377-4 standards
but also suitable for the digital versions.
34-T0103/1
Adjustable CBR penetration piston
49.6 mm dia. with hardened surface.
Comprising a locking collar and a threaded
extension for the connection to the load
ring or to the load cell connector.
34-T0104/7
82-P0375/C, 82-P0375, and 34-T0108/2 Adjustable dial gauge holder
To fit the 34-T0103/1 Adjustable CBR pene- 82-T1009
tration piston or compression device and to
82-P0375/C hold the dial gauge, which can be adjusted
conforming to the mould or to the referen- 82-T1009
Adapter to fit load cell
To connect the load cell with the ball sea- ce anvil. 50 kN load ring
ting arrangement of the 34-T0103/10 Fitted with high resolution dial gauge 0.001
guide bracket. A Weight approx.: 0.5 kg mm, accuracy ± 1%, supplied complete
with calibration certificate.
34-T0108/2 82-P0332
Connector load cell/accessory 25 mm displacement transducer
Linear potentiometric transducer, 25 mm
A Weight approx.: 1.3 kg travel, infinite resolution, accuracy ± 0.5%.
(1) For more information on the 76-Q0802/C Digimax Plus data acquisition and processing see page 122.
34-T0107 with accessories and mould 34-T0107 digital version fitted with accessories and mould (see above)
conforming to BS standard conforming to all standards
Testing equipment for the construction industry 121
34 California Bearing Ratio (CBR)
Immediate Bearing Index (IBI) SOIL TESTING
Data acquisition and processing
for 34-T0106 and 34-T0107 CBR testing machines
MULTIENSAYO
Main features
- Load and displacement control by clo- Universal electromechanical testers 200
sed loop logic
- Two channel for load cells and 300 kN cap., load, elongation and
- Two channel for displacement transdu- displacement controlled. The machines,
cers available in different versions, can be
- Large graphic display 128x240 pixel equipped to perform the CBR test. For more
- Can store in memory up to 50 tests
- RS 232 port to download simultaneou-
information please see page 300.
sly to PC and printer
- Graphic display available in real time
- Unique low cost tester working on load - Suitable for any compression test strain
and/or displacement control and/or load controlled
- Extensive range of accessories and - Ideal for testing wires and reinforce-
dedicated software packages available ment bars in tension
- Built-in firmware for CBR, Marshall, - For testing cement, asphalt, plastics,
general load and displacement control wood, etc. in compression, flexure,
testing shear
70-T0108/E with accessories for CBR test 70-S16C2 with CBR accessories and 86-D2999 PC cabinet
HAND OPERATED LOADING PRESSES FIELD CBR APPARATUS 34-T0115/3 Set of extension rods: 2x102
mm long; 1x305 mm long; 1x610 mm
long; 1x915 mm long;
q STANDARD q STANDARD 2 adapters. Total weight 33 kg
ASTM D1883, AASHTO T193, CNR-UNI, BS 1377:7, BS 1924:2, ASTM D4429,
BS 1377:4, NF P94-078, UNI 10009 UNI 10009, NF 34-T0115/41 Datum bar assembly inclu-
ding two tripod stands and a 1220 mm
length aluminium bar. Weight 7 kg
34-T0114/A 34-T0115/A
82-D1257 Penetration dial gauge
CBR mechanical loading assembly, Field CBR test set 30x0.01 mm graduation
40 kN capacity
Used for the in-situ determination of the 34-T0115/5
This system is obtained by the assembly of bearing capacity of soils used in road con- 9 kg slotted surcharge weight
the conversion frame plus some compo- struction. 34-T0115/6
nents, which are part of the 34-T0115/A The complete set is housed in a strong 4.5 kg slotted surcharge weight
field CBR test set. carrying case and includes:
This apparatus represents the most practi- 34-T0115/7
cal and economical solution when both 4.5 kg annular surcharge weight
34-T0112 50 kN capacity mechanical
laboratory and in-situ CBR have to be jack. Weight 8.5 kg
performed. The assembly comprises the
34-T0112/1 Ball seating for 34-T0112
A Weight approx.: 70 kg
conversion frame 34-T0114, mechanical
jack 34-T0112, adapter 34-T0112/1, load 82-T1008 40 kN capacity load ring.
ring 82-T1008, 40 kN capacity, adjustable Weight 4 kg
penetration piston 34-T0103/1, penetration Accessories
34-T0103/1 Adjustable CBR penetration
dial gauge 82-D1257 and adjustable dial piston. Weight 2.2 kg
gauge holder 34-T0104/7. s34-T0115/9 Vehicle bracket. For
34-T0104/7 Adjustable dial gauge holder fixing loading jack to a vehicle
Specifications
Max. load: 40 kN
B Dimensions approx.:
360x240x1060 mm
A Weight approx.: 55 kg
34-T0112
34-T0114
34-T0115/A
34-T0114 34-T0104/3
Conversion frame for laboratory Lower and upper compression pla-
CBR test ten with spherical seat for compres- Various
Used to perform the laboratory CBR test sion tests
using part of the components of the 34- Used to perform unconfined compression 34-T0103/10
T0115/A field CBR test set. Made of steel tests on CBR and triaxial loading frames.
Consists of two platens made of plated Guide bracket and ball seating
protected against corrosion.
steel with a spherical seat fitted to the top
of the upper platen. Must be used with 34- 34-T0104/9
B Dimensions: 360x240x1060 mm T0104/9 extension collar. Extension collar
A Weight approx.: 26 kg Used to connect the load ring to the upper
B Platen dia.: 120 mm
compression platen for compression and
unconfined test. Made of plated steel.
A Weight approx.: 4 kg
A Weight approx.: 300 g
Unconfined compression test
q STANDARD 34-T0104/7
ASTM D2166, AASHTO T208, BS 1337:7 Adjustable dial gauge holder
34-T0104/4 82-D1255
Upper and lower compression platen Dial gauge 10x0.01 mm
A Weight approx.:
10 kg (34-T0123) and 53 kg (34-T0124)
NF version
34-T0123/A
Stabilised soil mould test set for
fine and medium grained soils.
Specimen size 50x50 mm dia.
34-T0123/B
Stabilised soil mould test set for 35-T0133
medium and coarse-grained soils.
Specimen size 100x50 mm dia.
34-T0168/A
The sets consists of the following: mould
(50x50 or 50x100 mm), two end plugs, two
displacing collars 25 mm high, two 12.5
mm high, two 6 mm high, plunger and spe-
cimen collector. Each item can be ordered
individually as proposed in the following
table.
35-T0128, 35-T0129
A Weight approx.: 6 kg
Spare parts
s35-T0131/3
Density plate 9 inches square
s35-T0131/4
Rubber balloons. Pack of 12
35-T0131 35-T0134/A
In this method a sampling SURFACE SOIL SAMPLER (CORE CUTTER) FIELD DENSITY OF UNDISTURBED SOIL
tube is driven into the soil to take a METHOD: BS VERSION
standard volume sample, which is 35-T0164
then removed, trimmed and wei- q STANDARD Piston volumeter
ghed. Two different versions are BS 1377:9 An easy to use pocket device very useful to
available: the ASTM/CNR and the BS determine the in-situ density of undistur-
1377 apparatus. 35-T0137 bed soil. A stainless steel tube is driven into
100 mm dia. core cutter set the soil and the volume is read on the stem
marked from 0 to 30 cm3 .
SURFACE SOIL SAMPLER (CORE CUTTER)
35-T0138
METHOD: ASTM AND CNR VERSION
150 mm dia. core cutter set A Weight approx.: 0.5 kg
q STANDARD
The core cutter is driven into the soil using
ASTM D2937, CNR No. 22
the driving rammer. Then the core cutter is
dug out, trimmed, weighed, and dried and
35-T0135
the density and moisture content calcula-
Surface soil sampler ted. Made of plated steel.
Used to take a standard volume sample
from the ground in order to establish the The set 35-T0137 includes:
in-situ density of the soil. The apparatus
consists of a 5 kg sliding weight drop ham- s35-T0137/1 100 mm dia. x 130 mm
long core cutter. Weight 1 kg
mer, which falls freely onto the driving
head situated on top of the sampling tube. s35-T0137/2 Driving dolly for 100 mm 35-T0164 86-D1348
The sampling tube is 73 mm ID x 66 mm dia. core cutter. Weight 1 kg
high and is the thin wall type. Produced in
steel and plated for corrosion protection.
s35-T0137/3 Driving rammer for 100 FIELD DENSITY TOOLS
mm dia. core cutter. Weight 13.5 kg
Used to dig, level and remove the soil
during the field density tests.
A Weight approx.: 10 kg The set 35-T138 includes:
Accessories
35-T0116/B
Plate bearing test apparatus 50/100
kN capacity, 300 mm dia. plate, 3
dial gauges
35-T0116/BE
100 kN digital apparatus for plate
bearing tests on 300 mm dia. plate.
Three linear displacement transdu-
cers 50 mm travel, pressure tran-
sducer fitted to pump and data log-
ger for data acquisition and display.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. or 12 V
q STANDARD
CNR No. 146 method "b" - BS 1377:9
35-T0116/BE digital version with datalogger, power by 12 V via Auto cigar lighter
PLATE LOAD TESTING (CONTINUED) q STANDARD acquisition and processing of load and
CNR No. 92 - ASTM D1195, D1196 penetration data. The 82-P0908/A can also
35-T0116/D be powered by the 12 V car lighter. Both
Plate bearing test apparatus 200 kN models are supplied complete with wooden
General description and specifications carrying cases.
capacity, 300 mm dia. plate, 3 dial
gauges The 36-T0116/C model comprises:
- Set of loading plates 300, 450, 600, and PLATE BEARING TEST. SWISS METHOD
35-T0116/DE 760 mm dia.
200 kN digital apparatus for plate - Intermediate plate 160 mm dia. with q STANDARD
bearing tests on 300 mm dia. plate. spherical seat SNV 70312
Three linear displacement transdu- - Hydraulic jack 200 kN cap.
- Hand pump 35-T0121
cers 50 mm travel, pressure tran-
- Pressure gauge 200 mm dia., range 0-
sducer fitted to pump and data log- 200 kN, div. 0.5 kN Plate bearing test apparatus,
ger for data acquisition and display. - Three dial gauges 30x0.01 mm 100 kN capacity, 300 mm dia.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. or 12 V - Datum bar assembly 5.5 m long comple- loading plate
te with dial gauge supports
q STANDARD - Carrying case (for all items excluding 35-T0121/B
CNR No. 146 method "b" - BS 1377:9 450, 600, 760 mm plates and datum bar Plate bearing test apparatus,
assembly). 200 kN capacity, 300 mm dia. loa-
The 35-T0116/D model is identical to the ding plate
35-T0116/B model but complete with a 200 The 35-T0116/CE digital version is fitted
kN cap. jack and 0-200 kN pressure gauge. with three displacement transducers 50 The main feature of this apparatus, which is
The 35-T0116/DE digital version is fitted mm travel instead of the dial gauges, pres- available in the 100 kN and 200 kN cap.
with three displacement transducers 50 sure transducer connected to the pump version, is the lightweight and practicality
mm travel instead of the dial gauges, pres- instead of the pressure gauge, and the 82- in use. Being the basic parameters of this
sure transducer connected to the pump P0908/A Datalog, 8 channels for data method identical to those of the ASTM, BS,
and the 82-P0908/A Datalog, 8 channels
for data acquisition and processing of load
and penetration data. The 82-P0908/A can Light alloy bridge for ease of location
also be powered by the 12 V car lighter.
Both models are supplied complete with
wooden carrying cases.
35-T0116/C
Plate bearing test apparatus 200 kN
capacity, loading plates 300, 450,
600, and 760 mm dia.
35-T0116/CE
200 kN digital apparatus for plate
bearing tests on 300, 450, 600, and
700 mm dia. plates. Three linear
displacement transducers 50 mm
travel, pressure transducer fitted to
pump and data logger for data 35-T0121
acquisition and display.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. or 12 V
Specifications sModels
35-T0121 35-T0121/B
35-T0116/33
500 kN capacity pressure system Accessories and upgrading option 82-P0908/A
Accessories
s82-P0172/1
Connection cable for RS 232
35-T0116/22 300x25 mm 17
35-T0116/23 450x25 mm 32 q STANDARD
35-T0116/24 600x25 mm 60 NF P94-117
35-T0116/25 760x25 mm 90
80-B0180/B
Bearing plate 600 mm dia. and
PRESSURE SYSTEMS
Benkelman beam test set apparatus
Comprising hand pump, pressure gauge 200 mm dia., flexible hose and couplings. To be
connected to the appropriate jack. Used for the determination of the static
deformation of road pavement (EV2). The
apparatus consists of:
sCode Description For jack cap.
(kN)
s80-B0180/B1 An aluminium bearing
35-T0116/35 Hand pump with gauge range 0-50 kN 100 plate 600 mm dia. with reinforcing ribs.
35-T0116/36 Hand pump with gauge range 0-100 kN 100 Weight 30 kg
35-T0116/37 Hand pump with gauge range 0-200 kN 200
s80-B0180/B2 A hydraulic jack 200 kN
capacity. Weight 10 kg
ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
DIAL GAUGES
s80-B180/B3 An adjustable extension
set with spherical seated foot.
sCode Description sCode Description Weight 12 kg
82-D1259 Dial gauge 50x0.01 mm 35-T0116/57 Linear displacement s80-B0180/B4 A hand pump with pre-
transducer, 50 mm travel cision dial gauge 150 mm dia. Calibrated
82-D1257 Dial gauge 30x0.01 mm in bar (0 to 3.5) and in daN (0 to 10000).
82-D1255 Dial gauge 10x0.01 mm 35-T0116/55 Pressure transducer,
0 – 700 bar Complete with connecting hose. Weight
82-P0908/A 8 channels data 11 kg
acquisition and
processing system s80-B0180/B5 A carrying case for all of
DATUM BAR (DEFLECTION BEAM) the above items except for the bearing
plate 80-B0180/B1. Weight 10 kg
Very rigid structure, complete with support for dial gauges. Supplied in two parts for easy s80-B0180/A Benkelman beam appara-
transport. tus. Weight 25 kg
80-B0180
80-B0180/B
DYNAMIC PLATE LOAD TEST USING Advantages over the plate load tester
THE LIGHT DROP-WEIGHT TESTER
- Time-saving immediate evaluation of
each measurement
q STANDARD
- Testing in locations not readily accessible
As per “German technical test code for soil
- Low tester weight
and rock in road construction TP BF – StB - No vehicle required for loading.
part B 8.3/1997”
The dynamic plate load test using the Light
35-T0120 drop-weight tester has been approved as 35-T0120
Light drop-weight tester an indirect test method for determining
the degree of ramming, in:
Introduction
ZTVE–StB 94
The dynamic plate load test employing the ZTVE–StB 95
Light drop-weight tester is used in ZTVE–StB 97
earthwork and road construction to deter- NGT 39
mine the soil bearing capacity and the
compaction or consolidation of soils and Function
non-cohesive subbases, as well as for soil
improvement applications. The test method Place the load plate on the prepared surfa-
is suited for coarse-grain and mixed-grain ce to be tested and position the loading
soils having a maximum grain size of 63 unit on the load plate. Connect the settle-
mm. The test method may be used to ment meter. The drop weight is allowed to
determine the dynamic modulus of defor- drop onto the spring element, the loading
mation of soil in the range Evd = 15 … 80 unit produces a defined impact load and
MN/m2. the overall amount of compaction (or set-
tlement) of the soil under the load plate is
Further fields of application include: measured. Once the measuring routine is
- Road construction started perform three impact cycles for the
- Testing of pavement bedding measurement. Following each cycle the Electronic gauge
- Quality assurance in canal construction meter displays the amount of settlement in
- Compaction test in ducts and trenches millimetres. Upon completion of a series of
Dimensions: 210x80x25 mm
- Backfill of foundations measurements, the settlement is averaged,
- Railway construction. and the dynamic modulus of deformation Settlement measuring range:
is determined and displayed. Results can be 0.10 – 2.0 mm ± 0.02 mm
The Light drop-weight tester being easy to printed out on a micro-printer or on a prin- Temperature range: from 0 to 40°C
handle is specifically suited for monito- ter connected to a PC as necessary. Power supply:
ring intra-company operations. 4xR6 (rechargeable) batteries
Specifications
Loading unit
Total weight: 15 kg
Drop weight: 10 kg
Max. impact force: 7.07 kN
Duration of impact: 18 ms
Spring element: cup springs
Diameter: 300 mm
Accessories
Plate thickness: 20 mm
Total weight: 15 kg s35-T0120/1 Transport cart
s35-T0120/2 Base plate with
magnet. Used for easy positioning
of the apparatus
A Weight approx.: 4 kg
Accessories
Accessories 38-T0180
Compaction permeameter 4" dia.
s38-T0184/A3 Constant level tank 38-T0180
Spare parts
38-T0186
38-T0189/A and detail of 38-T0189/A
Testing equipment for the construction industry 137
38 Permeability
Hydraulic conductivity test SOIL TESTING
Determination of permeability in a triaxial cell
VOLUME CHANGE BURETTE PANEL Typical configuration of a system for permeability test
on one triaxial cell for 50 mm dia. spec.
28-T0477/E1
Control panel assembly sCode Q.ty sCode Q.ty
for three triaxial cells 28-T0477/M 1 38-T0425/A3P 1
Comprising: 28-T0477/E1 1 28-T0425/A4 1
28-T0491/A 1 28-T0425/A5 1
28-T0492/A 1 28-T0425/7 1
s28-T0459 No. 3 Double burette volu- 28-T0478/6 2 28-T0425/8 1
me change apparatus
86-D2015 1 28-T0425/A6 1
s28-T0477/2 28-T0478/10 1 28-T0425/10 1
No. 3 Two-way distribution valve 28-T0490 2 28-T0425/13 1
28-T0478 3 28-T0425/9 1
s28-T0477/15 No. 1 Aluminium panel 28-T0411/P 1 28-T0420/12 3
700x1000 mm complete with screws and
anchors for wall fitting 28-T0411/A3 1
28-T0477/E1
INTRODUCTION
Rock According to the “Committee on Rock fields of the construction industry to produce bitu-
Mechanics, National Academy of Sciences” rock minous mixtures, concrete, mortars to be used in
mechanics is a theoretical and applied science concer- structures, fill materials, railway ballast, etc. For this
ning the physical behaviour of rocks subjected to stress reason we have given particular attention to all
conditions of different origin. In general terms, rock testing methods. The new EN standards have grou-
mechanics involves the study of underground works ped all tests on aggregates in five main subjects:
such as tunnels, and surface construction such as open - Tests for general properties of aggregates - Tests
quarries or dam foundations. for geometrical properties of aggregates - Tests for
mechanical and physical properties of aggregates-
When a rock sample is subjected to defined stress Tests for thermal and weathering properties of
conditions in the laboratory, the stress-strain dia- aggregates - Tests for chemical properties of aggre-
gram can show behaviours of non linearity also for gate.
very small strains, hysteresis, anisotropy, fluage con- In the majority of cases the new EN Standards cor-
ditions, etc. All these phenomena can be mathema- respond to some existing National Standards and,
tically described. apart from a few exceptions there is almost no dif-
ference in the specifications of test apparatus.
Aggregates Mineral aggregates are used in all
Contents
Rock and Aggregates
Testing
45 Rock mechanics
Rock sampling and sample preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
Strength and deformability tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
Automatic tests systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146
Elastic modulus and strength characteristics
of rock specimens in uniaxial and triaxial conditions . . . . .146
Loading frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Hoek cells for triaxial tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
Semi-automatic test systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
Splitting tensile test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Slake durability index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Permeability of rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
Measurement of shear strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
Strength index. Rock classification hammer . . . . . . . . . . . .159
Roughness measurement. Profilometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
47 Aggregates
New EN standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Riffle boxes (sample splitters) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
Sieving method. Test sieves, nominal size of apertures . . .162
Determination of particle shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
Flakiness and elongation index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
Shape index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
Assessment of fines. Sand equivalent test . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
Assessment of fines. Methylene blue test . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Determination of clay, silt, and dust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Determination of the efflux index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
48 Aggregates
Resistance to fragmentation (Los Angeles) . . . . . . . . . . . . .166
Crushing resistance of lightweight aggregate . . . . . . . . . .166
Abrasion resistance of natural stones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
Resistance to wear (Micro-Deval) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
Aggregate crushing value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
Deval apparatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
Scratch hardness ASTM method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
Aggregate impact value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
Determination of the voids of dry compacted filler . . . . . .168
Determination of loose bulk density and voids . . . . . . . . . .169
Determination of the particle density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
Determination of particle density and water absorption . .170
Aggregate density by water displacement. BS method . . . .170
Determination of the Polished Stone Value . . . . . . . . . . . .171
Skid resistance and friction tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
Surface moisture of fine aggregate. ASTM method . . . . . .172
Moisture measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172
Determination of resistance to freezing and thawing . . . .173
Magnesium sulphate test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
Boiling test for "Sonnenbrandt Basalt"
and disintegration of steel slag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
Determination of drying shrinkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
Determination of resistance to thermal shock . . . . . . . . . .174
Chloride content BS 812 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Organic impurities in fine aggregates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Carbonate content of aggregates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Potential reactivity of aggregates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Sample reduction. Laboratory crushers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176
141
45 Rock mechanics
Rock sampling / Sample preparation ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
s45-D0536/3
Double-faced diamond cup wheel. 200
- Usable for both trimming and surface mm dia. x 16 mm thickness. Used for
grinding finishing sample ends parallel and at
- Usable to obtain cube specimens from right angles to the axis
45-D1710,
45-D1710, 45-D1711
45-D1711 irregular pieces
- Transparent protection cover confor-
ming to CE directive
s45-D0536/4
Clamping device for irregular pieces
45-D1711 max. dim. 57x104x102 mm (length) and
Rock pick chisel edge core from 15 to 60 mm dia.
Fully polished, nylon vinyl grip.
Power: 1100 W
Speed of the blade: 3000 r.p.m.
B Dimensions: 730x1050x590 mm
A Weight approx.: 100 kg
45-D0536/3, D0536/2
142 Testing equipment for the construction industry
Rock mechanics 45
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING Rock sampling / Sample preparation
CUTTING SAWS CORING MACHINES AND BITS Models of core drill bits
45-C0330 with
45-C0330 with core bit taking
core bit taking sample from a large
sample from a rock core
large stone
Transparent
acrylic protection
SPECIMEN GRINDING The 45-D0534 Core face preparation jig SPECIMEN DIMENSIONAL VERIFICATION
can be easily fitted by the clamping ele-
q STANDARD ment supplied with the machine. q STANDARD
ASTM D4543 ASTM D4543, ISRM Sugg. Method
Table dimensions: 680x300 mm
55-C0201 Grinding wheel dia.: 330 mm 45-D0539
Specimen grinding machine. Max. vertical daylight between table Rock sample verification apparatus
220-380 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph. and wheel head: 375 mm
Max. specimen size: up to 300 mm
55-C0201/Z
cubes and cylinders or cores up to 350-
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 3 ph. 360 mm height
Vertical travel of the wheel head: 230 mm
General description and specifications Grinding wheel speed: 1400 r.p.m.
Used to grind and polish concrete speci- Automatic cross feed in both directions
mens, natural stones, ceramic materials, Grinding spindle motor: 1000 W
rock samples etc. Feed motor: 250 W
The cube cylinder and core specimens can
B Overall dimensions:
be easily locked on the table and the grin-
1300x1100x1500 mm (lxwxh)
ding head 330 mm dia. can be radially
moved either manually or automatically in A Weight approx.: 380 kg
both directions so the only manual opera-
tion requested is the lowering of the grin-
ding head by the top hand wheel. The Accessories
machine is supplied complete with chip
guard, coolant tank, motor pump, one set s55-C0201/2 Set of 8 diamond
impregnated sectors
of abrasive sectors and instruction manual. 45-D0539 with a supplementary
Diamond grinding sectors are available on s55-C0201/3 Clamping device for 82-D1250 gauge
request (see accessories). The machine is concrete cylinders from dia. 100x200 up
supplied complete with clamping element to dia. 160x320 mm
for 100, 150 and 200 mm cubes. Clamping General description and specifications
devices for cylinders are also available on Spare parts
request (see accessories). Used to verify the dimensional and shape
s55-C0201/1 Set of 8 abrasive sectors tolerances of rock core specimens up to 50
- Ideal for concrete specimens, for rock mm dia. by 100 mm length. The straightness
samples and concrete cores
- Accept cubes up to 300 mm size and of the cylindrical surface can be easily verified
cylinders and cores up to by the top dial gauge as well as flatness and
160x320/360 mm verticality of end surfaces by the same dial
- Automatic radial displacement gauge fitted to the lateral magnetic articula-
ted dial gauge holder.
The apparatus comprises a base support with
column and dial gauge holder that can be
adjusted precisely vertically, a precision dial
gauge 5x0.001 mm, a “V” block, a magnetic
45-D0534 articulated dial gauge holder and small circu-
lar magnets to fit the “V” block on the base.
45-D0534
Support base dimensions:
Core face preparation jig
135x170x250 mm
General description and specifications Column height : 200 mm
“V” block dimensions: 45x45x100 mm
For preparation of parallel and flat core Dial gauge: 5x0.001 mm
faces using horizontal surface grinders (e.g.
55-C0201). Consisting of a 4 place locking A Weight approx.: 8 kg
device capable of clamping core samples
from 20 to 55 mm dia. It can be mounted
on most grinding machines with or Accessories and spares
without magnetic chuck.
s82-D1250 Dial gauge 5x0.001 mm
55-C0201 A Weight approx.: 6 kg
50-C5902/* Frame with Hoek cell, 50-C9842 ADVANTEST 9, 45-C7022/S SERCOMP 7, and 86-D2999 PC cabinet
DETERMINATION OF ELASTIC MODULUS code 50-C7022, has been specifically desi- axial and radial direction, so that Poisson’s
AND STRENGTH CHARACTERISTICS OF gned for rock testing (Uniaxial tests only) ratio and compressibility parameters are
ROCK SPECIMENS IN UNIAXIAL AND - Hoek triaxial cell to be selected confor- easily and properly evaluated during the
TRIAXIAL CONDITIONS ming the specimen size (Triaxial tests only) test.
- Strain gauges and accessories Axial load and cell pressure are also moni-
- Test software. tored by means of load cells and/or pressu-
q STANDARD
re transducers at high levels of sensitivity
ASTM D2664, D2938, D3148, D5407, ISRM
Operating principle and accuracy.
Sugg. Method All the test data are graphically displayed in
According to the reference standards, real time, and stored in ASCII files for further
Introduction during the test the compression load on analysis with appropriate software packages.
the rock specimen shall be applied conti-
Controls rock mechanics automatic test nuously without shock, in such a manner Note. For a complete list of suggested
systems are designed to test various mate- to produce a strain rate as constant as pos- items to perform Triaxial and Uniaxial test
rials from soft sandstone to high strength sible, so that failure will occur within 5-10 see Table on page 151.
basaltic samples. The complete test system min of loading or alternatively at a con-
includes: stant rate of stress, within the limits of 0.5- Interactive control
- Servohydraulic control console for 1.0 MPa/sec. Moreover, for triaxial tests, the of cell pressure and vertical load
load application conforming the relevant confining pressure has to be maintained
standards (see ADVANTEST code constant to within ± 1%. Our new System The remarkable performances of the
50-C9842) has been designed to completely fulfil Automatic Test System can be further
- High stiffness testing frame to be these strict specifications of the test proce- improved for research purposes, by a custo-
selected conforming to the size of the dures. The ADVANTEST 9 is driven by a mised software expansion concerning the
sample and the expected strength (see sophisticated micro-processed servo-control bi-directional communication between the
load frames from 50-C3600/* to and both uniaxial and triaxial tests can be ADVANTEST 9 and SERCOMP 7 units with
50-C6600/* model page 206) carried on at very stable rate of stress, interactive control of triaxial cell pressure
- Servohydraulic control console for displacement or strain. The SERCOMP 7 pro- and vertical load.
lateral pressure control (see SERCOMP vides the automatic control and managing
7 code 45-C7022/S). This unit which is of cell pressure within the limits prescribed
derived from the standard SERCOMP 7 by the Standards. Strain measurements are
performed by means of strain gauges
applied directly to the specimen, both in
146 Testing equipment for the construction industry
Rock mechanics 45
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING Automatic test systems
Determination of Elastic Modulus and strength characteristics
of rock specimens in uniaxial and triaxial conditions (continued)
Example of displays
Hoek cell pressure
UNIAXIAL AND TRIAXIAL TESTS: - Load and displacement Processing and printout
TEST SOFTWARE - Cell pressure (triaxial test only)
- Axial or radial strain (single strain We propose two MS EXCEL data sheets
- Set-up of load/displacement/strain ramp gauge or average). that, by the readings of the ADVANTEST 9,
and cycles - Easy calibration procedure and control perform:
- Diagrams in real time of: - Store of recorded data in ASCII file - Uniaxial tests
- Stress, displacement, average or single - Direct access during the test to the list of - Stress-strain analysis
strain vs. time the data recorded from the beginning - Poisson ratio vs. strain plot
- Stress vs. displacement - Possibility to pause the test, change set- - Secant and tangent modulus calculation
- Stress vs. strain up and continue with the new parame- - Triaxial tests
- Multi-diagrams display. ters. - Stress-strain analysis
- Display in real time of recorded data: - Poisson ratio vs. strain plot
- Failure envelope analysis.
UNIAXIAL TEST
400
350
300
250
200
150
Force (kN)
Diametral
m SStrain 100
50 Axial Strain
0
2
3
E-
E-
E-
E-
E-
E-
E-
-
5E
0E
5E
.5
.0
.5
.0
.5
.0
.5
0.
1.
1.
-3
-3
-2
-2
-1
-1
-0
Strain (mm/mm)
Uniaxial test: the test is performed on a cylindrical rock core with strain sensors Uniaxial test: detail of rock sample fitted with
measuring the vertical and diametral strain strain gauges
ε1 ε3 P σ1 – σ3 ν
µε µε kN MPa -
TRIAXIAL TEST
Hoek cells for triaxial tests
The lateral pressure is increased by pro-
gramming steps and the corresponding
Hardened steel spherical seat
axial load is determined. Substantially the
failure point is continuously varied by
changing the lateral pressure.
Rock specimen
HOEK CELLS FOR TRIAXIAL TESTS Rubber sealing sleeve
Oil inlet
General description and specifications
Strain gauges
Hoek triaxial cells are offered in four
models of different size; each one consists
of the following: Cell body
- A cell body , complete with two quick
release self sealing couplings, for the
introduction of the hydraulic oil and cell
pressure, and for air outlet and satura-
tion of the chamber respectively.
- Two end caps , screwed into the cylin-
drical cell body. Spare rubber sleeves
- Upper and lower loading caps with
spherical coupling
- Two female spherical seatings connec- sCode D.C.D.M.A. Specimen size
reference d x h (mm)
ted to the loading caps and for the
correct transmission of the axial load 45-D0553/1 AX 30.10 x 60
from the loading frame of the compres- 45-D0554/1 1.5 in. 38.10 x 75
sion machine to the specimen. 45-D0555/1 BX 42.04 x 85
- A rubber sealing sleeve to separate the 45-D0556/1 NX 54.74 x 100
specimen from the cell fluid.
Hoek cells for triaxial tests
Although each sleeve can be used for seve-
ral tests, an order of five spare sleeves is
recommended (see accessories). Hoek cells
Measurements of axial and radial strain are
carried out with the use of electric strain sCode D.C.D.M.A. Specimen size Weight Total height(1)
reference d x h (mm) (kg) mm
gauges , both in vertical and horizontal
direction, directly glued on the lateral sur- 45-D0553 AX 30.10 x 60 2.50 213
face of the specimen. The wiring connec- 45-D0554 1.5 in. 38.10 x 75 4.00 264
tions are passed within the rubber sleeve 45-D0555 BX 42.04 x 85 6.50 263
through the cell body and loading cap. 45-D0556 NX 54.74 x 100 13.00 304
Each strain gauge must be connected to a
proper electric device (see 82-P0070/1) to (1) Specimen plus loading caps plus spherical seatings
complete and balance the Wheatstone
bridge. The strain gauge measurements can
be performed by automatic testing systems
described on page 146 or by suitable
Datalog described on page 153. The cell Hoek cell pressure
pressure and saturation pressure for per-
meability tests are carried out by the use of
appropriate equipment (see page 156). Triaxial test on rock core performed
with 50-C9842 ADVANTEST 9
and 50-C7022/S SERCOMP 7.
Top diagram: axial load applied
to the specimen.
Bottom diagram: example
of lateral pressure application
conforming to a cycle
programmable by the operator.
Up to 100 pressure steps can be
programmed for consequent
automatic testing.
45-C9098
ACCESSORIES FOR HOEK CELLS: jacket thus avoiding to empty the confi-
ROCK SAMPLE EXTRUDER ning fluid. It consists of a steel frame with
a rack and pinion mechanism. Supplied
45-D0577/A without adapters, which should be ordered
separately. See adapters set.
Specimen extruder
Used to extrude the rock sample from its
A Weight approx.: 11 kg
Extruder adapters set
Comprising back plate adapter, two support cell body and shaft head.
45-D0577/A
Adapter For specimen For use Weight
set code size with cell approx. (kg)
86-D2999
PC cabinet for testing systems.
sCode Description Q.ty
TX UNX
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. ITEM LIST
Automatic system
50-C5902/* 3000 kN cap. four series prestressed columns frame for 1 1
cubes up to 200 mm and cylinders up to
160x320 mm. Strain gauge load cell. Vertical daylight 352 mm
50-C9083 Distance piece dia. 200x68 mm 2 -
50-C9082 Distance piece dia. 200x50 mm 1 -
50-C9080 Distance piece dia. 200x30 mm 1 -
45-C9098 Auxiliary platens for rock specimens 100 mm dia. - 1
45-C9034 Compression device for rock specimens 50-55 mm dia. - 1
x 100-110 mm height
45-C9842 ADVANTEST 9 servohydraulic control console for load application 1 1
45-C7022/S SERCOMP 7 Automatic control console for constant 1 -
pressure system in triaxial rock testing
45-D0558 Low friction pressure maintainer for constant cell pressure 1 -
(alternative to 45-C7022/S) complete with
high pressure flexible hose with 90° quick coupling 3 m long
MANUAL LATERAL
PRESSURE SYSTEMS
45-D0558
Low friction manual pressure main-
tainer for lateral pressure in the
Hoek triaxial cells
sCell model No. of 45-D0556/B (1) Please refer to the right hand sketch to
pieces required define the number of required parts depen-
ding on the Hoek cell size.
45-D0553 4
45-D0554 2
45-D0555 2 Schematic view of the Hoek cell with load
45-D0556 1 spread and distance pads within the compres-
sion platen of the testing frame
82-P0391
Strain gauge grid width 3 x gauge
length 20 mm. Pack of 10
82-P0392
Strain gauge grid width 2 x gauge
length 30 mm. Pack of 10
82-P0399/A
Strain gauge application kit
Comprising bonding and catalyst agent,
thermocompensated wire (30 m coil), sol-
der and general accessories
82-P0070/3
Excel data sheet for stress strain
STRESS AND STRAIN MEASUREMENT Accessories analysis and elastic moduli proces-
AND RECORDING sing in uniaxial tests
82-P0908/SOF For printout of test data and processing the
82-P0908/B Software for PC data acquisition following diagrams:
8 channel automatic data acquisi- and graphical display compatible - Stress strain curves with axial, radial and
with Windows ‘98 and later ver- volume strain
tion and conditioning unit.
- Secant and tangent moduli vs. axial
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. sions. Complete with serial cable
strain
- Poisson’s ratio vs. axial strain
This system is used to measure stress and 82-P0070/1
- Radial strain vs. axial strain.
strain characteristics of rock samples. In the Electric device to complete and
standard configuration 6 channels are set compensate the Wheatstone bridge. 82-P0070/4
for strain measurements with electric strain For axial (or radial) strain measurements. A
gauges; 2 channels are set for load/pressure Excel data sheet for stress strain
minimum quantity of 2 units are required.
measurements with transducers. Used in conjunction with each strain
analysis and failure envelope for
Supplied complete with RS 232 serial com- gauge. Reusable. triaxial tests
munication cable. For printout of test data and processing the
same data of the 82-P0070/3 data sheet
No. of channels: 8 plus the following:
RS 232 serial output for data tran- - Strength values vs. confining pressures
smission to PC and strength envelope
- Mohr circles and failure envelope.
Display: 4 rows of 20 digits
Resolution: 1 µε for strain
measurements; 20000 digits full scale
for load/pressure
Keyboard: numeric with
6 function keys
Transducers/extensometers supply: 2 V DC
B Dimensions: 320x250x110 mm Detail of rock sample fitted with strain gauges
82-P0354
Pressure transducer 0-700 bar
range
82-P0390
Strain gauge grid width 4.53 x
gauge length 9.53 mm. Pack of 10
2 P
σt = ___ · _________
π L· D
where:
P maximum compressive force
L, D thickness and diameter of rock disk.
45-D0546
PERMEABILITY OF ROCK.
CONSTANT HEAD TYPE
Introduction
This test is performed to measure
the water flow through the rock spe-
cimen contained in the Hoek cell
and subjected to high confining
pressure. The hydraulic gradient
within the rock sample is supplied by
a constant pressure apparatus and
the water permeating the sample is
collected in a burette. A couple of
end caps are also necessary to fit the
Hoek cell. 28-T0474/C with Hoek cell, permeability end caps, burette, support base and metal/glass sleeve
Accessories
45-D0588 45-C7022/S
s28-T0474/5
Connecting hose to the Hoek cell PERMEABILITY END CAPS GLASS BURETTE AND ACCESSORIES
45-D0548
Rock shear box apparatus.
One of the pumps is
Hand operated fitted with a pressure
maintainer to assure
General description and specifications auniform load during
the test
This apparatus was originally developed at
Imperial College, London, by Professor E. Hoek. 45-D0548
It is a simple and practical method of determi-
ning the strength and slope stability of rock,
both in the field and in the laboratory. The TILT TEST
apparatus consists of a shear box designed to
accept rock samples not larger than 115x125 45-B0096
mm, or alternatively cores up to 102 mm dia. Apparatus for measurement of the
The shear box consists of two halves, the joint roughness coefficient (Tilt Test)
upper being connected to two rams for rever-
sible shearing action and the lower connected
to a ram for normal load application. The loads
are recorded by Bourdon tube load gauges.
The normal loading system is complete with
an adjustable low friction pressure maintainer Detail of the shear box apparatus fitted with
to absorb volume changes of the specimen the 45-D0548/10 accessory to perform the test
during the shearing action and to ensure a conforming to the ASTM D5607 standard.
constant vertical stress.
The apparatus is supplied complete with two ROUGHNESS MEASUREMENT.
50 kN pumps and manometers and two PROFILOMETERS
mould forms used for the correct alignment
of the sample before the test with cementa-
tion. Used for measurement of the roughness
profile of rock samples.
Gauge range: 50 kN x 1 kN 45-B0096
45-D0566
B Dimensions: 460x250x600 mm
Profilometer (Barton comb).
A Weight approx.: 45 kg 300 mm length
General description and specifications
STRENGTH INDEX
- Light and
q STANDARD portable unit
- Sample size up to
ASTM D5731 - ISRM: Suggested method. 102 mm dia.
- Accepts irregular
45-D0550/D shaped samples
- High resolution
Digital rock strength digital display
index apparatus battery operated
- Resistant
to failure shocks
General description and specifications
y the time this catalogue has been printed a number of new European Standards concerning aggregates will have been published and
B the correspondent National Standards are automatically superseded.
The new EN Standards for aggregates have been grouped in five main subjects:
Standards
- Tests for general properties of aggregates from EN 932-1 to EN 932-6
- Tests for geometrical properties of aggregates from EN 933-1 to EN 933-10
- Tests for mechanical and physical properties of aggregates from EN 1097-1 to EN 1097-10
- Tests for thermal and weathering properties of aggregates from EN 1367-1 to EN 1367-5
- Tests for chemical properties of aggregates from EN 1744-1 to EN 1744-3
In the majority of cases the new EN Standards correspond to some existing National Standards and, apart from a few exceptions there is
almost no difference in the specifications of test apparatus.
In order to allow clients the choice to update, if necessary, their laboratory equipment, we list below all the new EN Standards with cor-
responding National Standard.
Considering that in many countries outside Europe the National Standards such as BS and NF will still be adopted, we continue to sup-
ply the relative apparatus.
Legend
EN = European Standard (Mandatory); BS = British Standard; ASTM = USA Standard; NF = French Standard; DIN = German Standard;
UNE = Spanish Standard; NLT = Spanish "Norma de Laboratorio Transporte"; UNI = Italian Standard; CNR = Italian Road Standard; ISO
= International Organization for Standardization
Note. The asterisk * after the National Standard means that the testing apparatus does not completely correspond to the EN Standard.
15-D438 to 15-D438/G
Riffle boxes
q STANDARD
EN 933-1, 933-2
86-D1645
q STANDARD 47-D0415
EN 933-1 / Also conforming to NF P18- Flakiness sieves test set
561, UNI 8520-18, NLT 354
General description and specifications
Bar sieves
Used to determine the flakiness index of Used to determine if aggregate particles
the aggregates. Aluminium frame and are to be considered flaky, i.e. their thick-
stainless steel bars. ness is less than 0.6 of their nominal size.
Each sieve is made from heavy gauge steel
and each one can also be ordered separa-
sCode Aperture (mm) tely.
47-D0415
The set comprises the following sieves:
47-D0418/1 2.50
47-D0418/2 3.15
47-D0418/3 4.00 Flakiness sieve set
47-D0418/4 5.00
47-D0418/5 6.30 sCode Slot width Slot length Passing/Retained
47-D0418/6 8.00 (mm) (mm) (mm)
47-D0418/7 10.00
47-D0418/8 12.50 47-D0415/1 4.9 30 10/6.3
47-D0418/9 16.00 47-D0415/2 7.2 40 14/10
47-D0418/10 20.00 47-D0415/3 10.2 50 20/14
47-D0418/11 25.00 47-D0415/4 14.4 60 28/20
47-D0418/12 31.50 47-D0415/5 19.7 80 37.5/28
47-D0418/13 40.00 47-D0415/6 26.3 90 50/37.5
47-D0415/7 33.9 100 63/50
A Weight approx. : 3 kg each
A Weight approx. : 15 kg (total set)
Description q STANDARD
EN 933-4
Used to determine if aggregate particles Also conforming to DIN 4226, CNR No. 95,
are to be considered flaky, i.e. their thick- NLT 354
ness is less than 0.6 of their nominal size.
47-D0542
A Weight approx.: 200 g Aggregate shape gauge
Description
B Dimensions: 320x160 mm
A Weight approx.: 450 g
47-D0541, D0540
sCode Description
ASSESSMENT OF FINES.
METHYLENE BLUE TEST
q STANDARD
EN 933-9
Also conforming or comparable to NF P94-
068, UNE 83 180, UNI 8520-15
q STANDARD
EN 1097-2 48-D0512
Also conforming to NF P18-573, UNE 83 Apparatus for the determination
114, UNI 8520-19, CNR No. 34, ASTM C131 of the crushing resistance
of lightweight aggregate
48-D0500/D
Los Angeles abrasion machine. Made of steel
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. B Total height: 260 mm approx.
48-D0500/DY
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph. Upgrading option
– Soundproof and security cabinet
General description and specifications
48-D0500/XUP
The machine consists of a rolled steel drum Soundproof and security cabinet
having an inside diameter of 711 mm and
internal length 508 mm. The drum is rota- General description and specifications
ted by a speed reducer driven by an electric
motor at a speed of between 31 and 33 This option includes the supply of the cabi-
r.p.m. The machine is equipped with an net for the Los Angeles machine. The cabi-
automatic counter, which can be preset to net is manufactured from sheet steel lined
the required number of revolutions of the internally with soundproofing material to
drum. The unit is supplied without the reduce noise and electric safety device, 48-D0512
abrasive charge, which has to be ordered which automatically stops the rotation of
separately depending on the standard in the drum when opening the door confor-
use. ming to the CE directive. The control panel
Conforming to the CE directive, the machi- is fitted externally. 48-D0500/XUP
ne should be housed in a soundproof and Detail of
protection cabinet. B Overall dimensions: the external
control panel
Our standard model can be upgraded for 933x1052x1250 mm
this requirement by the 48-D0500/XUP A Weight approx. (less Los Angeles):
Soundproof and protection cabinet, which 180 kg
has to be specified at time of order and
factory installed. See Upgrading options.
Power: 740 W
B Dimensions approx.:
- 48-D0500/D: 975x785x937 mm
A Weight approx.: 350 kg
Abrasive charges
48-D0471
Abrasion testing machine for natu-
ral stones and concrete tiles.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. AGGREGATE CRUSHING VALUE.
BS METHOD
s48-D0524/2
Steel spheres, 18 mm dia. Pack of 50.
Conforming to NF P18-576
s48-D0524/4
Spare standard cylinder. Stainless steel
s48-D0524/5
Steel spheres, 10 mm dia. Pack of 25 kg 48-D0510, D0511
48-D0471
s48-D0524/6
Stainless steel cylinder 200 mm dia. x 400
mm length. Conforming to NF P18-572
DEVAL APPARATUS
q STANDARD
NF P18-577
48-D0523
Deval attrition test machine.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
B Dimensions:
150x200x320 mm 48-D0515
Accessories
A Weight approx.:
s48-D0447/1 Blow counter kit. To fit
8 kg the filler compaction apparatus
q STANDARD q STANDARD
EN 1097-6, EN 12390-7 EN 1097-3
BS 812:2, 1881:14 - UNI 6394-2 Also conforming as operating principle to
BS 812, NLT 156, UNI 8520-6, CNR No. 62-
11-D0612/A 63-64, ISO 6872
Specific gravity frame
Description
A Weight approx.:
net 200 kg; shipping 260 kg
Accessories
MOISTURE MEASUREMENT
48-D0462
Microlance, instant moisture and
temperature tester
48-D0462 Detail
General description and specifications
Accessories
n o t e
Climatic chamber for both temperature
and humidity control also available. See 45-C0210/C with 55-C0211/1
model 10-D1428/A page 21.
Testing equipment for the construction industry 173
48 Aggregates
Thermal and weathering properties ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
Determination of drying shrinkage and resistance to thermal shock
B Overall dimensions:
180x180x490 mm
A Weight approx.: 10.5 kg
Accessories
s62-L0034/3
Reference rod, 205 mm long
48-D0453
10-D1419
Specifications
Max. temperature: 1100°C
Electronic thermoregulator
and 24 hour timer
Power: 9000 W
62-L0035 Detail of the analogic version Inside dimensions:
300x220x500 mm (wxhxd)
B Outside dimensions:
750x1650x1100 mm (wxhxd)
A Weight approx.: 400 kg
Accessories
48-D0545
Test bottles
48-D1090
Graduated impurities test bottle
500 ml. ASTM C40
48-D1091
Graduated impurities test bottle 48-D0570 48-D0850/A
1000 ml
48-D1090,
48-D1091
Testing equipment for the construction industry 175
48 Aggregates
Chemical properties ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
Sample reduction
48-D0530
48-D0535/A
INTRODUCTION
NEW EN EUROPEAN STANDARDS AND RELATION WITH THE EXISTING NATIONAL SPECIFICATION
Corresp. or
comparable
EN National Standards Title
EN 12350-7 BS 1881:106 Testing fresh concrete – Part 7: Air content of fresh concrete – Pressure methods
ASTM C231
DIN 1048
NF P18-353
UNI 6395 L e g e n d
180
Compression and flexural testing machines 50
CONCRETE TESTING New European Standards
and relation with the existing National Specifications
Corresp. or
comparable
EN National Standards Title
EN 12390-1 BS 1881:108, 109, 110 Testing hardened concrete – Part 1: Shape, dimensions and other requirements for
DIN 51229 test specimens and moulds
UNI 6130-1-2
NF P18-400
UNE 7240
EN 12390-2 BS 1881:111 Testing hardened concrete – Part 2: Making and curing specimens for strength tests
UNI 6127, 6128
NF P18-404
UNE 7240
ASTM C31, C192, C511
EN 12390-3 UNI 6132 Testing hardened concrete – Part 3: Compressive strength of test specimens
NF P18406
EN 12390-4 BS 1881:115 Testing hardened concrete – Part 4: Compressive strength – Specification for com
DIN 51220, 51302 pression testing machines
NF P18-411
UNE 83-304
ASTM C39
UNI 6686 1, 2, 3
EN 12390-5 BS 1881:118 Testing hardened concrete – Part 5: Flexural strength of test specimens
DIN 51227
NF P18-407
UNE 83-305
ASTM C78, C293
UNI 6133
EN 12390-6 BS 1881:117 Testing hardened concrete – Part 6: Tensile splitting strength of test specimens
NF P18-408
EN 12390-8 DIN 1048 Testing hardened concrete – Part 8: Depth of penetration of water under pressure
ISO 7031
UNI 9533
181
50 Compression and flexural testing machines
General summary CONCRETE TESTING
All our EN digital machines and Automatic siderable number of applications including:
Testing Systems are supplied in Class 1 star- - Early strength concrete
ting from the 10% of the full range as stan- - Lightweight concrete
dard but with a special calibration procedu- - Small size specimens
re identified by the code 50-C0050/CAL we - Soil-cement mixtures
can grant the Class 1 starting from 1% of - Lean cement mixtures AUTOMATIC
the full range. This exceptional performance - Flexural and splitting tests using accesso- EN COMPRESSION
enables the machines to be used for a con- ries etc.
MACHINES
Table 1: Force scale tolerances (from EN 12390-4)
182
Compression and flexural testing machines 50
CONCRETE TESTING General summary (continued)
For production routine tests. They are identified by a number of options concerning:
Type of frame: Load measuring systems:
- Standard or - Bourdon type gauges - Wizard digital dislpay unit All machines can be completed by a
- EN four column welded frame - Digimax Plus, double channel graphic display unit number of options and accessories as
detailed further. The following table
STANDARD models provide a quick selection guide.
Series Cap. kN Load measuring options Conf. to standards To test specimens page
concrete blocks
(with block testing
option)
For automatic routine tests. EN four column welded frame tested for stability and AUTOMAX control console.
concrete blocks
(with block testing
option)
183
50 Compression and flexural testing machines
Semi-automatic ASTM models CONCRETE TESTING
For cylinders from 4”x8” (100x200 mm) and 6”x12” (150x300 mm) up to 160x320 mm
50-C21A1
Ordering information
1300 kN models 1500 kN models ACCESSORIES
( )
* 3000 kN models only (**)Upgraded with 50-C4400/UP1
FRAMES
Rigid welded steel construction, Platen
hardness: minimum 550 HV 30, Ram travel:
50 mm, Distance pieces: not included. See STRENGTH MEASUREMENT BY BOURDON GAUGE
page 202. Fragment guard: included 300 mm dia. precision gauge, complete with mirror, scale zeroing system, max. load
pointer and gauge protection valve.
MOTORIZED PUMP
High volume-low pressure feature for fast
approach ram action and change over to Code 50-C34A2 50-C44A2 50-C54A2
low volume-high pressure for testing. Indication ranges 0-1500 kN 0-2000 kN 0-3000 kN
Fitted with special pressure-compensated Measuring ranges 300-1500 kN 400-2000 kN 600-3000 kN
flow control valve, which automatically Divisions 2.5 kN 5 kN 5 kN
allows a precise rate of loading over the Accuracy 1% 1% 1%
complete test. Power: 750 W
Ordering information
FRAMES
Four column rigid welded steel construction.
- Platen hardness: minimum 550 HV30
- Ram travel: 50 mm
- Distance pieces: not included.
See page 202
- Fragment guard: included.
MOTORIZED PUMP
The power system consists of a dual stage
Semiautomatic
pump: low pressure/high delivery (max. 7 EN model.
bar) for fast piston approach (up to 40 Wizard version
mm/min) and high pressure/low volume (up
to 650 bar, 0.50 litres/min) for loading.
Fitted with special pressure-compensated
valve performing a precise rate of loading
over the complete test.
Test sequence
Switching on the display the sequence is the
following:
3 3.1 3.2
1 From Main Menu select TEST RUN.
2 Select test type (e.g. Compression).
3 Introduce specimen description.
All the above sequences can be avoided by default for repetitive tests on the
same specimens except for the specimen weight, age and precise
dimensions which, if required, should be introduced time by time.
This possibility applies also starting with the apparatus switched off as the
5 5.1 memory of the last test is available.
Now it is possible to proceed in two different mode:
4 4.1 4.2 Numerical and graphic display. 5 5.1 Numerical display only.
To perform another test on the same specimen size it is sufficient, when in position 4.2 or 5.1, to press button F3.
6 6 FILE MANAGER SCREEN. It is possible to save the test. The test can be recalled later. The tests are fil-
led in chronological order and can be scrolled and the data downloaded to a PC or printer.
7 INTERPOLATION MENU. To input the calibration coefficient to linearise the load sensor curve for the
maximum accuracy.
Machine series
50-C36XX 50-C46XX 50-C56XX 50-C66XX
(1) Using the special calibration procedure identified by the code 50-C0050/CAL. See additional function accessories
(2) 110 V, 60 Hz models available on request (3) Including sliding rails (4) Upgraded with block testing platens
Frame dimensions
Important note
All machines have to be completed with the suitable
distance piece(s) to reduce if necessary the vertical The 4000 kN model 50-C66G2
daylight depending on the specimen size.
See page 202.
50-C47G2 Digimax Plus - The large vertical 50-C46B2 Wizard version 50-C46G2 Digimax Plus version with distance pieces
daylight of 360 mm allows the compression on
6”x 12” cylinders fitted with capping retainers
Ordering information
I m p o r t a n t n o t e
Block testing
EN 772/1
BS 6073(1)
ASTM C39-E447
AASHTO T22
50-C4600/UP1
Upgrading the EN compression fra-
mes 2000 and 3000 kN cap. fitting
rectangular platens 250x460x75 Left. Detail of sliding
mm, slide rail carriages to remove rail system
easily the upper block platen to pass
from testing blocks to standard
cubes or cylinders. Complete with
suitable fragment guard Right. Power pump
fitted with
The vertical daylight and spacers needed to 50-Q0025/UP1
reduce it are shown on page 202. option to connect
a second frame
50-C5600/UP1
Upgrading the EN compression frame
3000 kN cap. fitting rectangular
platens 300x500x50 mm, slide rail Cabinet option 50-Q0025/UP1
carriages to remove easily the upper
Upgrading of the power pump by a
block platen to pass from testing 50-C4600/UP3 two way valve to connect a second
blocks to standard cubes or cylinders. Upgrading the 50-C36XX and 46XX,
Complete with and suitable frag- frame
series testers with housing cabinets
ment guard and steel basement
Note. The above options are only available 50-C5600/UP3
for the 2000 and 3000 kN models and have Same as above but for 50-C56XX tester.
to be specified at time of order.
Power pump option
ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES
Accessories for the connection of
The machines can be fitted with: Printer the Wizard and Digimax Plus to PC
This palm size lightweight printer is ideal
s50-C9000 Splitting tensile test either for laboratory or field use. 82-Q0800/2
device for cylinders
Serial cable for PC connection
s50-C9070 Splitting tensile test s82-P0172
device for cubes and self blocking Serial printer mains operated. 82-Q0800/TRM
pavers 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. D-Terminal software for capture
s50-C9030 Compression device to General specifications
and storing of testing data ASCII
test mortar specimens format by the serial port RS 232.
Printing method: serial dot impact For Windows 98 or higher
s50-C9032 Compression device to Font: 5x8 matrix / No. of columns: 24/40
test 2” (50 mm) cubes
Paper width: 57.5 mm
External dimensions: 106x180x88 mm
s50-C9010 Flexural test device for Weight approx.: 0.4 kg
concrete beams
PC SOFTWARE
600
FRAMES
400
They are identical to those which are part
of the EN semiautomatic Series (described
200
on page 188).
0:00:06
0:00:12
0:00:18
0:00:24
0:00:30
0:00:36
0:00:42
0:00:48
0:00:54
0:01:00
0:01:06
0:01:12
0:01:18
0:01:24
0:01:30
0:01:36
- Multi-layer board with SMD technology
- 240x128 pixel graphic display
- 130.000 A/D resolution time (s)
- Digital controller Graphic representation of hydraulic group and P.I.D. control system
- Sampling rate: 15 samples/s The diagram load vs. time shows the outstanding performance of the hydraulic group and feedback
control system during a compression test on standard concrete specimen.
HYDRAULIC GROUP
- Dual stage pump. Centrifugal low pres-
sure high delivery stage for fast approa- LOAD RATE
ch and radial multipiston high pressure AUTOMATIC CONTROL
stage for test execution AND CERTIFICATION
- 720 W power The system applies automatically the cor-
- 4.5 litres oil capacity rect load rate conforming to the informa-
- 3.5 litres usable oil capacity tion introduced by the control panel. The
- 50 mm ram travel load rate value is continuously monitored
- 40 mm/min fast approach speed and can be printed in the test report when
- Voltage 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. or 110 V, connected to PC to certify the correct load
60 Hz, 1 ph. rate application.
SAFETY FEATURES
The AUTOMAX 5 series machines are fitted
with:
- Max. pressure valve to avoid machine
overloading.
- Ram travel switch which prevents the
excessive piston travel.
- Front and rear transparent fragment
guard.
- Optional: front fragment guard with
door locking switch to cut off mains
when the door is open. See accessories.
Detail of the dual stage hydraulic unit Ram travel switch Locking switch, optio-
nal - see accessories
Main features
- Languages: English, French, Spanish, German, Italian
- Unit selection: kN, kgf, lbf
SOFTWARE INSTALLED - Simultaneous display of load, stress and actual load rate in terms of load/s or stress/s
- Real time graphic display of test data, load/time curve and actual load rate
- Memory storage about 150 tests; each test identified by date, hour, test number, operator name, type
of test, type of specimen, specimen dimension, area, weight, age, failure load, failure stress, and test
load rate
- Real time clock and date
- Real time download to PC by RS 232
- File management with the possibility to display all tests, to download to serial printer and PC,
1 to cancel single test etc. (two separate RS 232 ports available)
- Machine calibration access by software; password protected
- Linearisation/interpolation feature, allowing the segmentation of load sensor curve
(from 1 to 6 segments) and automatic interpolation for high accuracy of the system
from the beginning of the load range.
Test sequence
Selection of main features
Switching on the display the sequence is the
following:
3 3.1 3.2
1 From Main Menu select TEST RUN.
2 Select test type (eg. Compression).
3 Introduce specimen description.
3.1 Select specimen shape.
3.2 Introduce the specimen data.
4 4.1 4.2
All the above sequences can be avoided by default for repetitive tests on the
same specimen except for the specimen weight, age and precise
dimensions which, if required, should be introduced time by time.
This possibility applies also starting with the apparatus switched off as the
5 5.1 memory of the last test is available.
Now it is possible to proceed in two different mode:
4 4.1 4.2 Numerical and graphic display. 5 5.1 Numerical display only.
To perform another test on the same specimen size it is sufficient, when in position 4.2 or 5.1, to press button F3.
6 6 FILE MANAGER SCREEN. It is possible to save the test. The test can be recalled later. The tests are fil-
led in chronological order and can be scrolled and the data downloaded to a PC or printer.
7 INTERPOLATION MENU. To input the calibration coefficient to linearise the load sensor curve for the
maximum accuracy.
50-C37V2 with Unbonded capping pads and 50-C46V2 with distance pieces
retainers
Ordering information
V o l t a g e s I m p o r t a n t n o t e
All machine codes refer to 230 V, 50-60
Standard cubes and cylinders testers Hz, 1 ph. The same models are available ASTM cylinder testers
for 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph. (for example: code
50-C36V2 50-C36V4 instead of 50-C36V2) All the EN semiautomatic and automatic
models can be fitted with smaller compres-
AUTOMAX 5 EN automatic com- sion platen assembly also suitable for 4”x8”
pression testing machine 1500 kN cylinders as prescribed by ASTM C39 stan-
capacity. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. dards. These versions are identified by the
series 50-C37V2 and 50-C47V2 and are
50-C46V2 available on order. This configuration fea-
AUTOMAX 5 EN automatic com- ture a platen dia. of 165 mm and a vertical
pression testing machine 2000 kN daylight of 360 mm. The platen assembly is
capacity. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. also available as an extra accessory.
See 50-C9049 on page 201.
50-C56V2
MACHINE CLASS
AUTOMAX 5 EN automatic com-
All models are supplied in Class 1: EN
pression testing machine 3000 kN 12390-4 (corresponding to ASTM E4 Class
capacity. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. A) starting from the 10% of the full range
as standard, but with a special calibration
50-C66V2 procedure identified by the code 50-
AUTOMAX 5 EN automatic com- C0050/CAL we can grant Class 1 starting
pression testing machine 4000 kN from 1% of the full range.
capacity. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
q STANDARD
EN 772/1 - BS 6073 (50-C4600/UP1
only) - ASTM C39, E447 - AASHTO T22
50-C46V2 upgraded with 50-C4600/UP1
The Automax models 2000 and 3000 kN block testing platens Automax 5 compression tester upgraded
cap. (50-C46V2 and C56V2) can be upgra- for block testing (code 50-C4600/UP1).
Detail of the sliding rail system for easy
ded by the block testing option which con- removal of upper platen to test also
sists of rectangular platens, slide rail carria- standard cubes and cylinders
ges to remove easily the upper block platen from testing blocks to standard
to pass from testing blocks to standard cubes or cylinders. Complete with
cubes or cylinders and suitable fragment suitable fragment guard
guard.
50-C4600/UP1 50-C5600/UP1
Upgrading of the EN 2000 kN and Upgrading of the EN 3000 kN com-
3000 kN compression frames with pression frame with rectangular pla-
rectangular platens 250x460x75 ten 300x500x50 mm and other
mm, sliding rail carriages to remove items described leftside
easily the upper block platen to pass
50-Q0005/UP1
Upgrading of the Automax 5 testers
for the control of a second frame by
a suitable distribution block
ACCESSORIES
TEST ACCESSORIES
82-P0172/1
The machines can be fitted with:
Serial cable for printer
connection s50-C9000 Splitting tensile test
device for cylinders
82-P0172/5 s50-C9070 Splitting tensile test
Support for connection of the device for cubes and self blocking
pavers
printer to the Automax system
s50-C9030 Compression device to
test mortar specimens
Connection s50-C9032 Compression device to
of the AUTOMAX to PC test 2” (50 mm) cubes
50-C0050/P PC SOFTWARE
Door locking switch
To prevent the test execution with s50-C0050/SOF Data acquisition
software for PC
the door open. It has to be factory
installed. Allows management of customers,
tests, standards, materials data and
print out of test reports. Supplied
complete with serial cable.
ACCESSORIES
All the accessories can be easily fitted to the machine without the removal of upper platen and spherical seat.
SPLITTING TEST ON CYLINDERS FLEXURAL TEST ON CONCRETE BEAMS SPLITTING TEST ON CUBES
AND CONCRETE BLOCK PAVERS
q STANDARD q STANDARD
EN 12390-6 / ASTM C496 EN 12390-5, ASTM C78 - C293, AASHTO q STANDARD: EN 1338, 12390-6
T97, BS 1881:118, NF P18-407, UNI 6133
50-C9000 50-C9070
Splitting tensile test device for 50-C9010 Splitting tensile test device for con-
cylindrical specimens dia. 100x200 Flexural test device for prism crete block pavers and concrete cubes
mm (4" x 8"), 150x300 mm (6" x moulds 100x100x400/500 mm and The vertical clearance has to be adjusted
12") and 160x320 mm 150x150x600/700 mm. using the suitable distance pieces. Same as
The vertical clearance has to be adjusted for 50-C9000.
using suitable distance pieces considering Double upper bearer for third point test
that the standard height is 325 mm when and centre. Height: 370 mm when adjusted A Weight approx.: 28 kg
adjusted for 150 mm (6") and 160 mm for 150 mm beams; 320 mm when adju-
dia. cylinders and 275 mm when adjusted sted for 100 mm beams. The 370 mm verti-
for 100 mm dia. (4") cylinders.
cal daylight can be obtained removing the
lower platen.
A Weight approx.: 28 kg Accessories
A Weight approx.: 33 kg approx. s50-C9002 Hardboard parcking
strips to EN 1338. 4x15x345 mm.
Pack of 100
Accessories
50-C9098/C
Cube centering device for 100 and 150 mm cubes.
The lower machine platens are normally marked with concentric circles to centre the cube
specimens. On request, with the main purpose of saving time, it is possible to use the cube
centering device which, however, can be used if the size of cube specimens is within the
tolerances.
COMPRESSION TEST ON MORTAR SPECIMENS q STANDARD UNBONDED CAPPING PADS AND RETAINERS
ASTM C109
q STANDARD q STANDARD
EN 196 / ASTM C349 50-C9032 ASTM C1231
Compression device to test 50 mm
50-C9030 Used as an alternative method to the
(2") mortar cubes
Compression device to test portions sulphur hot capping of concrete cylinder
This apparatus is practically identical to
of 40x40x160 mm mortar prisms specimens. The system consists of two alloy
model 50-C9030 except the platens,
broken in flexure steel cap retainers and two 12.5 mm thick
which are 75 mm dia. and the vertical
The frame is fitted with an upper platen neoprene pads.
daylight, which is 53 mm. It can also be
with spherical seat that moves vertically This system is not applicable for expected
used to test microcores.
sustained by a spring. The apparatus can be strength lower than 10 MPa.
For expected strength over 48 MPa the 70
placed directly on the lower machine pla- A Weight approx.: 8 kg shore hardness pads should be used. Pads
ten. The height is 188 mm and the vertical
clearance of the machine has to be adju- are reusable up to 100 times and retainers
sted using suitable distance pieces. See are permanent with normal use and care.
page 202.
A Weight approx.: 8 kg
50-C9032
Test configuration
50-C9030
COMPRESSION TEST
I m p o r t a n t n o t e Unbonded capping pads and retainers
ON CONCRETE CYLINDERS
When fitted to the compression frame the
q STANDARD vertical daylight increases to 380 mm
ASTM C349, AASHTO T22 which is suitable for compression tests on
6"x12" cylinders using 50-C0122 capping s50-C0122 Capping retainers for 6” dia.
(150 mm) cylinders
50-C9049 retainers.
Compression platens assembly for s50-C0122/2 Neoprene pads for 6” dia.
(150 mm) cylinders, 60 shore A. Set of two
concrete cylenders up to 6”x12”
s50-C0122/3 Neoprene pads for 6” dia.
The semi-automatic and automatic com- (150 mm) cylinders, 70 shore A for cylin-
pression testers 50-C36XX, C46XX and der strength over 48 MPa. Set of two
C56XX are fitted with platens and spherical
seats for testing 6”x12” cylinders. To test n o t e
4”x8” cylinders conforming to the above Capping pads and retainers for 160x320
standards it is required the following mm cylinders are also available on order.
assembly which is, however, usable up to Ask for: 50-C0122/A for capping retainers
6"x12" specimens. and 50-C0122/4 for neoprene pads.
The assembly includes upper platen with 50-C9049
spherical seat and lower platen.
B Platen dimensions:
165 mm dia. x 30 mm
A Total weight: 18.5 kg
Testing equipment for the construction industry 201
50 Compression and flexural testing machines
Distance pieces and auxiliary platens CONCRETE TESTING
for semiautomatic and automatic compression testers
DISTANCE PIECES
Used to reduce the vertical daylight depen- sCode Dimensions Weight
approx.
ding on the size of specimen considering
that the maximum piston travel of all com- 50-C9080 dia. 200x30 mm 7.3 kg
pression testers is 50 mm 50-C9081 dia. 200x40 mm 9.8 kg
50-C9082 dia. 200x50 mm 12.3 kg
50-C9083 dia. 200x68 mm 16.7 kg
50-C9086 dia. 200x100 mm 25 kg
50-C9084 dia. 96x158mm 9 kg
50-C9085 dia. 165x40 mm 7 kg
How to
introduce
distance Upper spherical
pieces seated platen
Lower machine
platen
Distance
pieces
Models
upgraded
with block Upper spherical
compression seated platen
platens Sliding upper
block platen
Auxiliary platens
Lower platen
Important note
- 250x500 mm concrete cylinders can be tested on the 50-C66XX machines and 50-C7600/* frame without distance pieces as the ver-
tical daylight is 510 mm
- 300 mm concrete cubes can be tested with 50-C66XX machine and 50-C7600/* frame, upgraded with 300x500x50 mm block pla-
tens. This version is available on order.
Auxiliary platens and distance pieces required for machines upgraded with block platens
50-C44XX
50-C54XX 2 50-C9083 1 50-C9080 2 50-C9083 2 50-C9083 2 50-C9083
upgraded with (not necessary for 2 50-C9082 1 50-C9082
the 50-C4400/UP1 Ø 160x320 mm)
option
50-C46XX 1 50-C9097 1 50-C9095 1 50-C9095 1 50-C9097
upgraded with 1 50-C9096
the 50-C4600/UP1
option
50-C56XX 1 50-C9097 1 50-C9097/D 1 50-C9095 1 50-C9095 1 50-C9097
upgraded with 1 50-C9097/D 1 50-C9096 1 50-C9097/D 1 50-C9097/D
the 50-C5600/UP1 1 50-C9097/D
option
FLEXURE TESTING MACHINES 50-C0900/* SERIES, 100 KN CAP. 50-C1200/* SERIES 100/150 KN CAP.
FOR STANDARD CONCRETE BEAMS
FLEXURE TESTING MACHINES HIGH STIFFNESS FLEXURE FRAMES
100X100X400/500 MM AND
150X150X600/750 MM General description General description
q STANDARD A simple and practical frame developed for This versatile testing frame has been desi-
EN 12390-5 testing on standard concrete beams. The gned for minimum deflection at maximum
ASTM C78, C293 distance of both pair of loading and sup- pressure resulting in very high accuracy. It
port rollers can be easily adjusted: one of is proposed in two different versions: see
the two upper rollers can be removed and table on next page for frame specifications.
the other placed in the centre for centre
Two point loading point loading. 50-C1200/*
F/2 F/2
50-C0900/* 150 kN cap. frame complete with
100 kN cap. frame complete with rollers, pressure transducer and
d
rollers, pressure transducer, pedestal connection kit for separate control
d and connection kit for separate console
control console
50-C1201/*
d d d 100 kN cap. frame complete with
l = 3d rollers, load cell and connection kit
L ≥ 3.5d
for separate control console
l/2 l/2
l = 3d
L ≥ 3.5d
50-C1201/*
Introduction
50-C0900/* connected to automatic testing
We propose different flexural frames machine AUTOMAX 5
complete with pressure transducer
which can be connected to our
ACCESSORIES FOR 50-C1200,
50-C3012 stand alone control console, to
the other automatic control consoles 50-C1201 FRAMES
AUTOMAX 5, SERCOMP 7 etc., or to existing
double channel digital compression testers. 50-C1200/1
Set of bearers for transverse
Testing method test on kerbs and flagstones.
Conf. to BS 7263
The EN 12390-5 prescribes both the two
point method (reference method) and the The set consists of two steel suppor-
single point method. ting rollers 40 mm dia. and 620 mm
long and of an upper member com-
plete with hardwood fillet 50 mm
wide.
A Weight: 80 kg
50-C1200/* connected to
automatic testing system
MCC 8 with other two
frames for compression
tests on mortar and con-
crete specimens
Frame dimensions
LOAD TESTING FRAMES
C3600/* C4600/* C5600/* C6600/* C7600/* C5800/* C5900/*
1500 TO 5000 KN CAP.
A 350 350 350 510 510 350 350
q STANDARD B - 245 295 - - -
EN 12390-4 C 285 285 285 300 300 300 300
D - 250x460* 300x500* - - -
ASTM C39, AASHTO T22
E 310 310 370 475 475 330 330
The design
assures high stif-
ness and stability
conforming
to the latest
European
specifications
50-C5600/*
50-C8232 Hydraulic port: No. 3 for up to three C39) and elastic modulus (UNI 6556,
MCC/82 Multifunctional loading cylinders or frames ASTM C469, DIN 1048, ISO 6784) are
6 channels for strain gauges included in the system.
Computerised Control Console
We list below other standard features:
for connection to up three frames Power: 1100 W
including elastic modulus Voltage: 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. - Automatic test performance with PID
determination (other voltages available on order) closed loop system
B Dimensions: - Programmable load and stress rate
The main feature of this Computerised 1115x550x1000 mm approx. (lxdxh) - Automatic determination of the Elastic
Automatic Control System is the maximum
flexibility of the PC used as a friendly inter-
A Weight approx.: 120 kg Modulus
- Real time plot of stress versus time
face in terms of customization of test cycle, - Resolution 1/30000.
processing of input and output data, con- Application
nection to the existing lab. network, easy The MCC is supplied complete with PC and
updating of the software functions with The computerised system enables the auto- printer selected within the most updated
new releases and new modules. matic performance of the tests including models.
We list below the main technical features: rapid piston approach, zeroing, user defi-
ned load ramp, failure detection, unloa-
Technical specifications ding. Using the specific software modules it
is possible to perform all standard tests
including the test cycle for the determina-
Max. working pressure: 700 bar
tion of the elastic modulus. See table on
Max. oil delivery: 0.9 litre/min page 213. The modules for standard
Flow control by dedicated servo-valve system compression test (EN 12390-3, ASTM
Example of displays
q STANDARD
ISO 6784, ASTM C469, DIN 1048, UNI 6556
82-P0392
Strain gauge, 30 mm gauge length.
Pack of 10
82-P0393
Strain gauge, 60 mm gauge length.
Pack of 10
65-L1301/*
50-C8032
50-C5800/*
A number of other software packages are available for compression, flexural, splitting tests on concrete and other brittle construction
materials are available. For more information ask for our specific leaflet.
Code Test Main Standards
50-C0066/S2 Third point and centre point flexure test on concrete EN 12390-5, BS 1881:118, ASTM C78, C293
50-C0066/S3 Indirect tensile test on concrete EN 12390-6 (ASTM, NF, BS), BS 1881:117, UNI 6135
50-C0066/S20 Compression test on cement EN 196, DIN 1164, ASTM C109, C349
CONTROLS with over 30 years experience The unit consists of: The performances of the ADVANTEST 9,
within the field of materials testing, - Hydraulic power system besides to the conventional applications
working alongside customers in industry - Microprocessor control unit where the test ends with the failure of the
and research establishment, has resulted in - User interface with large graphic display specimen are related to the more advanced
the most comprehensive range of testing and keyboard, PC and printer applications as the determination of the:
systems, software and test accessories cur- - Interactive software for PC. - Concrete post peak residual strength
rently available. The ADVANTEST 9 can control up to 4 - Concrete fracture toughness, from the
The constant innovation and modern desi- hydraulic testing frames, of various dimen- complete Hardening + Softening Load vs.
gn applied to our testing systems, in coo- sions and capacities, to perform tests under Strain diagram
peration with State Universities, has resul- controlled speed of: - Determination of the Elastic modulus.
ted in the development of the ADVANTEST - Load/stress (e.g. MPa/s; kN/s; etc.) The increasing use of new materials in the
9 Servohydraulic testing unit. - Displacement (e.g. µm/s; µm/s) construction industry has created an
- Strain (e.g. mstrain/s). increasing demand for new and more com-
50-C9842 The feedback is automatically performed plex and sophisticated tests often related
ADVANTEST 9. Servohydraulic with P.I.D. closed loop control. to the Deformability and Ductility beha-
The system controls the displacement of viour.
testing unit for compression,
the hydraulic piston as a function of the The Ductility is a fundamental design
flexure, splitting tests.
load or stress or strain by a suitable tran- parameter, which is related to the seismic
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. sducer. The displacement transducer is pla- risks, micro-fissure due to shrinkage, the
ced by the user where needed to measure fatigue behaviour, the resistance to shocks.
for example the deflection of a beam under
flexure load. The strain transducers are
typically fixed on the specimen for direct
reading.
Detail of the hydraulic block for the connection Detail of the main electronic boards
of 4 frames
Interactive software and parameter either in graphic or - Real time variation of the settings inclu-
numerical format ding the control method (load, displace-
To perform: - File management by building materials, ment or strain)
- Remote control of the system tests, specifications, clients etc. - User-friendly interface.
- Monitoring and display of all test data - Print of standard or customised test certificate
Software calibration
with linearization function
50-C1200/5 High
h ductility specimen
Auxiliary testing frame for the (FRC
F with
t high % of fibres)
measurement of deflection during
the flexure tests on 100x100x400/500 mm
and 150x150x500/600 mm conforming to
Average
A e ductility specimen
ASTM C1018. Displacement transducers
((FRC with medium
m % of fibres)
Load (kN)
not included to be ordered separately
Brittle
t specimen
(plain
i concrete
r or FRC with
t low % of fibres)
82-P0331/C 82-P0331/1
PC cabinet
Displacement transducers holders
86-D2999
s82-D1260/A Magnetic holder PC cabinet for testing systems.
s82-D1260/1 Set of two datum 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
aluminium pieces to be glued on the
specimen surface to fit the displace- See description on page 146.
ment transducer
The following table gives information regarding the type of concrete, the testing method, specification and apparatus.
Test Slump Flow Vebé Waltz cont. Compacting Kelly K-slump Flow
methods cone table factor ball table
Note.
(1) Limits in which the test is considered sensitive expressed in units related to the relevant specification.
(2) New EN standards concerning the EN 206 "Concrete – Performance, Production and Conformity".
Important note. Part of the information given in this table are our interpretation of the different specifications.
54-C0149/B1
86-D1671
55-C0140/A 86-D1611
Graduated
tamping rod
54-C0149/5
54-C0150/P2
55-C0140/A
54-C0149/1
54-C0151/A
54-C0149/B, 54-C0150/C
Test methods
CEN Technical Committee TC 104 is working to develop a new standard concerning SCC testing methods. The appa-
ratus described below concerns the testing methods under evaluation, which are already in use in many countries
for experimental purposes.
This test method covers evaluation of the This apparatus is used to evaluate the This test method covers evaluation of the
deformability of freshly mixed self-com- segregation resistance of freshly mixed self-compactability of freshly mixed self-
pacting concrete from observation of the self-compacting concrete by the observa- compacting concrete from observation of
deforming speed and the spread diameter tion on the flowing speed due to the diffe- the filling speed and height of the sample
of deformed sample under the self-weight. rence of samples remaining period in the in the specially designed filling box under
This test method is intended for use with funnel. It consists of a stainless steel funnel the self-weight.
highly fluidised concretes made with placed vertically on a supporting stand. The This test method is intended for use with
superplasticiser. It is not applicable to con- discharge orifice is equipped with a lid, highly fluidised concretes made with
cretes made with aggregates whose maxi- which can be momentarily opened. superplasticiser. It is not applicable to con-
mum size exceeds 40 mm. cretes made with aggregates whose maxi-
mum size exceeds 25 mm.
54-C0149/D
Slump cone 54-C0147/A
Box-shaped container
Manufactured from sheet steel protected Made of stainless steel with two frames to
against corrosion. Top dia. 100 mm, base simulate reinforcement.
dia. 200 mm, height 300 mm.
A Weight approx.: 10 kg
54-C0147
82-D1695
Steel tape in case, 2 m long 54-C0147
V-Funnel
A Weight approx.: 0.1 kg
B Overall dimensions:
920x570x300 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 5.6 kg
54-C0149/D
54-C0147/A
L-SHAPE BOX TEST J-RING TEST FILLING VESSEL TEST (KAJIMA BOX)
The method covers evaluation of self-com- This test method covers the determination This test method covers evaluation of the
pactability (confined flowability) of freshly of flowability, flow time and the capacity of self-compactability of freshly mixed self-
mixed self-compacting concrete. With the the SCC concrete to go through obstacles. compacting concrete from observation of
L-shaped box it is possible to evaluate dif- the flowing movement and filling height of
ferent properties, such as filling ability, pas- 54-C0147/C the sample in the specially designed filling
sing ability, and resistance to segregation. J-Ring apparatus vessel under the self-weight.
Galvanised steel, 300 mm dia., with 16 sin- This test method is intended for use with
54-C0147/B gle rods 18 mm dia. highly fluidised concretes made with
L-Shape box apparatus superplasticiser. It is not applicable to con-
cretes made with aggregates whose maxi-
Complete with funnel tube and frame to A Weight approx.: 10 kg mum size exceeds 25 mm.
simulate reinforcement.
54-C0147/E
B Dimensions: 700x200x600 mm
Filling vessel apparatus (Kajima box)
A Weight approx.: 18.2 kg Plexiglas box with plastic base plate. Plastic
filling funnel and cone 500 mm high.
Complete with barriers to simulate reinfor-
cement.
B Dimensions: 500x300x300 mm
A Weight approx.: 10 kg
54-C0147/C
q STANDARD
UNI 11044, Rilem report No. 23
54-C0147/D
U-shape box apparatus
Made of galvanised steel with frame consi-
sting of four 10 mm dia. bars and three 13
54-C0147/B
mm dia. bars.
B Dimensions: 200x280x680 mm
A Weight approx.: 25 kg
54-C0147/E
54-C0147/D
54-C0146
54-C0195
A Weight approx.: 15 kg
WORKABILITY OF CONCRETE. K-SLUMP METHOD
NF METHOD This test method is a variation of the sim-
ple slump test and subjects the concrete to q STANDARD
q STANDARD vibration after removal from the slump ASTM C1362
NF P18-452 cone. The time taken for the concrete to be
recompacted is taken as a measure of 54-C0144
54-C0152 workability. The small vibrating table ope- K-slump tester
rates at a fixed amplitude and frequency,
Concrete workabilimeter. and in the test a plastic disc is placed into
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. This device is
contact with the upper surface of the con- used to deter-
crete. The test is completed when the lower mine the
General description and specifications surface of the disc has been completely workability and
coated with cement grout. degree of com-
Used to verify the homogeneity of concre- paction of fresh
te in relation to its workability or plasticity. B Overall dimensions: concrete after
This test method has particular applica- 700x260x380 mm (hxwxd) being placed in
tions for concretes containing chemical 54-C0144
admixtures. The apparatus consists of a A Weight approx.: 90 kg the forms. It
metal box divided into two parts and fitted can be used for in-situ measurements or insi-
with an electrical vibrator system. During de test moulds and forms. Results can be cor-
operation the concrete is poured into the related against the slump test.
first section of the box and then the divi- The operation is very simple, insert the tester
ding plate is removed. The vibrator is into the concrete up to the level of the disc,
immediately switched on and the time is after 60 seconds, a measuring rod is lowered
recorded when the concrete has spread onto the surface of the concrete and the K-
uniformly across the whole box. slump is read directly on a scale. The calibra-
ted hollow tube has a diameter of 20 mm.
Power: 300 W
B Overall dimensions: B Total length: 300 mm
800x400x400 mm A Weight approx.: 500 g
A Weight approx.: 30 kg
54-C0152
FLOW TABLE. LABORATORY METHOD ANALYSIS OF FRESHLY MIXED CONCRETE. DENSITY OF FRESH CONCRETE
FRENCH LCPC METHOD
q STANDARD JOISEL APPARATUS q STANDARD
UNI 8020-A EN 12350-6 – ASTM C29, C138
54-C0153
54-C0164 Joisel apparatus dia. 140x220 mm 54-C0167/1
Hand operated concrete flow table high. Weight approx. 1.5 kg Unit weight measure 10 litres cap.
200 mm dia. x 320 mm high, 4 mm thick
54-C0165 Description with machined rim and base internal radius
Motorised concrete flow table. of 20 mm.
Designed for the separation of concrete
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
into its various components, cement, sand, A Weight approx.: 8 kg
aggregates. The test procedures involves
quite simply the weighing of the sample
before and after washing.
54-C0164 with
54-C0164/1
54-C0167/1
General description and specifications
54-C0153
The apparatus consists of a circular table UNIT WEIGHT MEASURES
762 mm dia. and flow mould. A sample of
concrete is tamped into the flow mould WATER TESTING
and then the mould is removed. The table is sCode Capacity Weight
(litres) (kg)
then lifted and dropped 15 times in about q STANDARD
15 seconds and the flow is recorded as a EN 1008 – DIN 4030 – EN 206 54-C0166/2 2 1
percentage increase in diameter of the 54-C0166/1 3 1
spread concrete against the moulded con- 54-D1866 54-C0166 5 1.6
crete. 54-C0167 10 2.2
Water test set for concrete mixing 54-C0168 14 3.1
A Weight approx.: 100 kg for model water 54-C0169 28 7
54-C0164 or 110 kg for model 54-C0165
General description and specifications
B Dimensions: 350x300x50 mm
A Weight approx.: 1.7 kg
54-C0165 54-D1866
q STANDARD
NT Build 427
(Scandinavian NORDTEST method)
Introduction
Spare parts
54-C0252/CZ
Gyratory compactor for concrete. s54-C0252/C5
110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph. 100 mm dia. hardened specimen cylin-
der with mould bottom plate and two
thin 100 mm dia. plates
Light and portable, it can be easily fitted
into a van or wagon.
54-C0170/F
54-C0143
This modern meter utilizes the principle of
Boyle’s Law and consists of a flanged cylin- 54-C0145
drical vessel and cover assembly incorpora-
ting a pressure gauge air pump and valves. Concrete pocket penetrometer
The base can also be used for unit weight Stainless steel plunger 32.3 mm2 (1/20 sq.
measurement of fresh concrete and aggre- in.) area; plunger graduated 0-5 MPa; wei-
gates. Supplied complete with calibration ght 0.3 kg approx.
set.
Specifications
Capacity: 7 litres
Air content range: 0-100%
Graduations: 0.1% up to 6%; 0.2%
from 6 to 10%
54-C0170/E
A Weight approx.: 10 kg
54-C0145
54-C0148
CONCRETE MIXERS
55-C0196/1
115 litres drum type concrete mixer.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
55-C0199
130 litres mixing capacity pan type
mixer. 380 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph.
55-C0199/A
100 litres mixing capacity pan type
mixer. 380 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph.
CUBE MOULDS LARGE SIZE STEEL CUBE MOULDS STEEL CYLINDER MOULDS
Standard models
55-C0104/1
100 mm cast iron cube mould
Weight: 8 kg
55-C0118/A
Field cylinder mould
dia. 150x300 mm
Steel construction. Weight: 8.5 kg
55-C0119/1A
Field cylinder mould
dia. 160x320 mm
55-C0116
Weight: 11 kg
55-C0101/A
55-C0118/A,
55-C0119/1A
Detail of 55-C0101/A certified model
(optional, add code 55-C0100/CAL). Each mould Testing equipment for the construction industry 227
is verified and the serial number marked
55 Hardened concrete testing
Making concrete specimens. Plastic cube and cylinder moulds CONCRETE TESTING
CUBE MOULDS
55-C0102
55-C0102
Kubo 15®, 150 mm plastic cube
mould with polystyrene cover, base
sheet and stopper
Weight approx. 1.3 kg ACCESSORIES
FOR MAKING SPECIMENS
55-C0102/M
s55-C0140 Tamping rod
Kubo 15®, 150 mm plastic cube 16 mm dia. x 600 mm
mould. 6 pieces package
s55-C0140/1 Tamping bar 380 mm
B Shipping dimensions: long x 25 mm sq.
730x265x435 mm
A Weight approx.: 9 kg
s55-C0140/3 Tamping rod 10 mm
dia. x 250 mm
55-C0101/4
55-C0101/4 s55-C0140/2 Steel straightedge
100 mm two-gang plastic cube mould s86-D1670 Wire brush for cleaning
moulds
Weight approx. to 1 kg CYLINDER MOULDS
ASSESSMENT OF FLATNESS,
PERPENDICULARITY AND STRAIGHTNESS
OF TEST SPECIMENS AND MOULDS
q STANDARD
EN 12390-1
82-C0106/1
Go/No go gauges for 100 mm cube
moulds
82-C0106/2
Go/No go gauges for 150 mm cube
moulds
82-C0107/1
Engineers square 150 mm
82-C0108/1
Straightedge 300 mm
Verification of diameter 55-C0101/A Verification with Go/No go gauge
82-C0109/1 using digital vernier caliper
82-C0110/1
Set of feeler strips covering 13 bla-
des from 0.03 to 0.50 mm
82-C0106/CAL
Calibration certificate for each
of the above apparatus issued by an
Accredited Laboratory
Specifications
A Weight approx.: 1 kg
55-C0157
POKER VIBRATORS
q STANDARD
EN 12390-2 – ASTM C31, C192 –
AASHTO T23, T126
Tip dimensions mm dia. 25x250 dia. 25x250 dia. 25x250 dia. 25x250 dia. 25x250
Flexible shaft mm 2000 800 (rigid) 2000 2000 2000
Vibr./min 12000 18000 13000 12000 12000
Current specs. 220-230V, 220-230V, 12 V DC 220-230V, /
50-60 Hz, 1 ph. 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Power W 500 200 160 2300 1200
Weight approx. kg 8 3 11 10 12
55-C0162/A
55-C0163
55-C0162/B
55-C0162/C
TEST SET FOR MOIST CURING ROOMS 55-C0187 ACCELERATED CONCRETE CURING
Electric resistances for curing rooms
A suitable curing room can easily be Introduction
assembled using the following parts: Finned type, made of copper, 1200 mm
- Curing room vaporiser (55-C0188) long, 36 mm dia. Power 750 W. This test method covers procedures for
- Finned type electric heaters (55-C0187) A Weight: 1.8 kg approx. curing concrete specimens under condi-
- Humidity/temperature sensor (55-C0189/A) tions intended to accelerate the develop-
- Electric control panel for humidity and ment of strength. The apparatus offered
temperature (55-C0186) covers procedures A (warm water method)
of ASTM C684 and 35-55°C methods of BS
A typical layout or a moist curing room is 1881:112.
illustrated in the sketch a). Each of the 55-C0187
above items can be purchased individually. q STANDARD
55-C0186 ASTM C684, BS 1881:112
Digital control panel for humidity
55-C0188 55-C0194/D
and temperature control.
Curing room vaporiser. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. Programmable accelerated concrete
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. curing tank. 380 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph.
Includes humidity and
Used to humidify curing rooms up to 150 temperature display, General description and specifications
m3 for concrete specimens. Supplied com- main switch and auxi-
plete with automatic level control. liary contact for door This special curing tank has been designed
open with pilot lamp. for hot water curing in accelerated
Power: 40 W
strength concrete. The interior is made
Vaporiser capacity: 0.5 l/h B Dimensions: from stanless steel, it is fitted with electro-
For room or ambient up to: 150 m3 250x140x300 mm nic programmer capable of controlling dif-
B Dimensions: 360 mm dia. x 230 mm A Weight approx.: 6.5 kg ferent test cycles with a choice of thermal
gradients and curing time to a defined
A Weight approx.: 3.5 kg temperature value for a complete automa-
tic curing cycle. The electronic controller
55-C0189/A
can be connected by the RS 232 port to a
Humidity and temperature printer or PC for complete monitoring of
PT 100 sensor the test.
Working range:
- humidity: up to 100% Temperature range: ambient to +80°C
- temperature: -40+80°C Power rating: 2x3000 W
B Dimensions: 120x80x300 mm Internal dimensions:
55-C0188
A Weight approx.: 0.5 kg
55-C0189/A 900x640x670(h) mm
B Outside dimensions:
950x800x870(h) mm
Sketch a) A Weight approx.: 130 kg
55-C0194/D
q STANDARD
EN 12390-3 – ASTM C31, C192, C617 –
AASHTO T23, T126
MELTING POT
10-D1403
Melting pot for capping compound.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
(1) Special model complete with ball tracks for a positive location of the specimen.
CYLINDER CARRIERS
Used for an easy handling of the specimens. Only available for 150x300 mm (6"x12") and
160x320 mm sizes.
q STANDARD q STANDARD
EN 12390-7 BS 1881:208
11-D0612/A 55-C0241
Specific gravity frame Initial surface absorption
test apparatus (ISAT)
General description and specifications
General description and specifications
Used in conjunction with a suitable elec-
tronic balance for specific gravity determi- To assess the concrete surface absorption
nation of fresh and hardened concrete and characteristics. The rate of flow of water
aggregates. A purpose built robust frame per unit area into a concrete surface when
designed to support the electronic balance. subjected to a constant head of 200 mm is
The lower part of the frame incorporates a measured. The unit consists of a capillary
moving platform, which carries the water tube mounted on a scale, a water reservoir,
container allowing the test specimens to be and connecting tubes. They are all moun-
weighed in both air and water. The balance ted on a stand for ease of use. Test cups not
is not included in the apparatus and must included. See accessories.
be ordered separately. Any type of electro-
nic balance fitted with an under-bench 11-D0612/A with 11-D0612/A1 and 11-D0631/C A Weight approx.: 1.4 kg
weighing facility can be used. The models
listed as accessories below are ideally sui-
ted for use with this specific gravity frame. SPECIFIC GRAVITY
DENSITY BASKETS AND TANK
B Overall dimensions:
500x500x1200 mm approx.
q STANDARD
ASTM C127 / AASHTO T85 / BS 812:2 /
A Weight approx.: 50 kg
NF P18-554
55-C0241
Accessories and suitable balances Description
s11-D0631/F mm high
Digital top pan balance 16 kg x 0.1 g
11-D0612/1
s11-D0631/C
Digital top pan balance 30 kg x 1 g Same as above but 250 mm dia.
x 250 mm high
The above models incorporate a speciali-
sed feature, which allows specific gravity 11-D0612/2
results to be calculated and displayed
Same as above but 200 mm dia. x
immediately at the touch of a button.
180 mm high conforming
to NF P18-554
55-C0241/1, 55-C0241/2
11-D0611/3
Specific gravity tank
Made from plastic. Identical to that one fit-
ted in the 11-D0612/A Specific gravity
frame. Dimensions 400x400x330 mm
approx. (lxwxh). Weight 1.7 kg approx.
11-D0611/3 11-D0612
q STANDARD
EN 12390-8, ISO 7031
Introduction
- Manometer
The method concerns the determination of available to check
water pressure
the depth of penetration of water under
- One, two or
pressure. The test is performed by clamping three specimens
a concrete prism 200x200x120 mm or 15 can be tested at
cm cube between two flanges with special the same time
circular gaskets. The water, under control-
led pressure is then applied to the surface
of the concrete specimen. The penetration
of water is measured after the testing
period by breaking the specimen or taking
the readings through the graduated glass
burettes.
Two models available: three place (code
55-C0244/A) and six place (code
55-C0244/B) version. Both of them can be
fitted with burettes for the quantitative
determination of water penetration (codes 55-C0244/AV
55-C0244/AV and 55-C0244/BV).
The systems can test concrete specimens
55-C0244/A 55-C0244/BV
up to 200 mm side or dia. and 300 mm
high. Supplied complete with gaskets for Concrete water impermeability Concrete water impermeability
150 mm cube specimens. apparatus. Three place model apparatus. Six place model, comple-
The apparatus have to be fitted with a sui- te with water measurement appara-
table air compressor, maximum working B Dimensions: tus
pressure 10 bar. (See accessories). (lxdxh) 1600x550x1600 mm
A Weight: 200 kg approx. B Dimensions:
- (permeability apparatus lxdxh)
1600x550x1600 mm
55-C0244/B - (water measurement system lxdxh)
Concrete water impermeability 900x215x1130 mm
apparatus. Six place model A Weight: 450 kg approx.
B Dimensions:
(lxdxh) 1600x550x1600 mm
A Weight: 320 kg approx. Accessories
q STANDARD
ASTM C469
Introduction
55-C0221
55-C0220 55-C0222/E
Concrete cylinder compressometer Electronic concrete cylinder
Used for determining deformation on dia. compressometer
150x300 mm, dia. 160x320 mm or dia. 6" x Same as 55-C0220, but fitted with strain
12" concrete cylinders during the compres- transducers for connection to automatic
sion test. Complete with 5x0.001 mm dial testing systems or digital display unit.
gauge and wooden box.
A Weight approx.: 5 kg
B Dimensions of wooden box:
360x270x260 mm
A Weight approx.: 4.5 kg 55-C0222/E1
55-C0220
Concrete cubes/prism
compressometers
55-C0221
Concrete cylinder compressometer- For determining deformation on cubes/pri-
extensometer sms. Complete with aluminium arms, strain
Used for determining the axial deformation transducers for connection to automatic
and diametrical extension of concrete testing systems or digital unit and wooden
cylinder specimens during the compression box.
test. Complete with two 5x0.001 mm dial
gauges and wooden box. A Weight approx.: 5 kg
A Weight approx.: 5 kg
q STANDARD
UNI 6555 (comparable to ASTM C426)
55-C0115/2
Shrinkage mould 100x100x500 mm
A Weight approx.: 19 kg
DETERMINATION OF RESTRAINED
EXPANSION OF MORTAR AND CONCRETE
Accessories
q STANDARD
s55-C0115/3 Apparatus for shrinka-
ge measurement. Used for measuring UNI 8147, 8148
the hydraulic axial shrinkage of concre-
te specimens obtained with the 55-C0115/7
55-C0115/2 mould. Comprising: metal
stand, dial gauge 0.01 mm sens., refe- Three gang mould for concrete
rence bar. Weight approx. 14 kg 80x80x240 mm. UNI 8148
Accessories
s62-L0034/8
Reference rod 280 mm long
62-L0035/A
TEMPERATURE MONITORING
IN PRECAST CONCRETE
55-E0057
Four channel k-type thermocouple
printing thermometer
55-E0057/A
Four channel thermistor sensor
printing thermometer
55-E0057/B
Four channel k-type thermocouple
logging and printing thermometer
55-E0057/C
Four channel thermistor sensor
logging and printing thermometer 55-E0057/B
Introduction
Subjects Page
Introduction
The various problems that methods to overcome these proces- A complete range of instruments is
relate to the durability of concrete ses permit concrete to be designed available to measure the durability
are assuming ever increasing impor- both resistant and durable. The term of concrete to answer most of the
tance due to their close relationship durability is an abstract term, in requisites of the operators in the
to the quality of the structure as a fact it would be more practical to Construction Industry. Controls can
whole. say the useful life of the structure. also make available considerable
The main problems associated with This parameter should be included in specific know-how and first hand
the durability of concrete are nor- the initial design of the structure: the experience to help in the analysis of
mally caused by the poor quality of designer must take into considera- test results.
the concrete itself. Knowledge of tion the requested life cycle (in which
the degrading processes and the period the structure should maintain
availability of materials and its designed criteria).
SUMMARY OF THE MOST RELEVANT TEST METHODS AND THEIR RELATED APPLICATIONS
Reinforced concrete
Measurement Application Code Description
Cover measurement number and position of rebars 58-E0060/A MCPI Concrete Cover Meter
corrosion risk and cause
Carbonation depth corrosion risk and cause 58-E0063 Carbonation test set
Chloride content/ corrosion risk and cause 58-E0064 Chloride field test system
permeability 58-E0052 Chloride penetration meter
Half cell potential corrosion activity and risk 58-E0065 Half cell
of damage potential meter
Cover measurement and corrosion risk, cause, activity 58-E0067/A Scribe-combined logger
half cell potential and risk of damage
Plain concrete
Measurement Application Code Description
Surface water absorption, cause and risk of concrete 58-E0023 Water penetration
permeability deterioration test set acc. to Dr Karstens
Water and gas permeability cause and risk of concrete 58-E0030 Air and water
deterioration permeability test set
using the Figg technique
58-E0031 Oxygen concrete permeameter
Working range
Accuracy 58-E0060/A
58-E0060/A
58-E0058
CHLORIDE ION PENETRATION HALF-CELL POTENTIAL TEST Half-cell: silver/silver chloride refillable
probe (stable and low corrosive)
q STANDARD q STANDARD Measurements automatically converted
ASTM C1202, AASHTO T277 BS 1881:201, ASTM C876, UNI 9535 and displayed as copper/copper
58-E0065 sulphate equivalent potentials
58-E0052
Half-cell digital corrosion meter Display:
Chloride penetration meter. 3½ digit plus sign via 12.5 mm LCD
110-230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. Range/Resolution: +1999 mV / +1 mV
General description and specifications
Battery operated: giving typically 1000
Corrosion of steel is an electrochemical hours use with low battery indication
process involving anodic (corroding) and Automatic on/off action
cathodic (passive) areas of the metal. By
measuring concrete - surface electrical B Dimensions: 400x270x130 mm
potentials relative to a standard reference A Total weight: 2 kg approx.
electrode on a predetermined grid, the pre-
sence and location of corrosion and its pro-
bable future performance may be assessed.
It is possible, by regular measurements, to Spare parts
monitor the behaviour of new and relati-
vely new structures and thus minimise s58-E0065/1 Electrolyte refill
58-E0052 complete set
maintenance costs.
RESISTIVITY TEST
- Compact,
58-E0062 durable, hand held
probe unit
Digital resistivity - Reads out directly
2 probe array meter in kΩ cm
- Less than 2
58-E0062/A minutes per test
Detail of 58-E0062/A
- Rebar continuity
Digital resistivity check facility 4 probe array
4 probe array meter
58-E0062
General description and specifications
For assessing the possible rate of corrosion Thus knowledge of the electrical resistance 0.1 kΩ cm, linear response up to 25 kΩ
in reinforcing bars. The time at which cor- of a concrete can provide a measure of the cm (compressed scale beyond)
rosion of steel may commence and the rate possible rate of corrosion of steel embed- Battery operated: approximately 100
at which it may proceed is dependent upon ded in it. hours active operating time
properties of the cement paste and the Probe holes: 8 mm deep, 6.5 mm
permeability of the concrete. Since the Specifications diameter filled with conductive gel (tem-
electrical conductivity of concrete is an plate, gel and drill bit included) for
electrolytic process, which takes place by Probe array: 2 probe array 5 cm spacing 58-E0062. Not required for 58-E0062/A.
ionic movement in the aqueous pore solu- (58-E0062) or Wenner 4-probe array.
tion of the cement matrix, it follows that a Display: 3 digit LCD display B Dimensions: 400x270x130 mm
highly permeable concrete will have a high
conductivity and low electrical resistance.
Response/resolution: display resolution A Weight approx.: 2 kg
COVER MEASUREMENT, General description and specifications Half-cell potential role features
HALF-CELL POTENTIAL
Scribe 58-E0067/A apparatus is a unique - Unique re-fillable Silver/silver chloride
58-E0067/A cover meter with inclusive additional facility mapping electrode
to measure half-cell potential. Both are - Measurements automatically converted
SCRIBE Combined logging cover and displayed as equivalent Copper/cop-
essential for conducting condition surveys
meter / Potential meter of reinforced concrete structures. per sulfate potentials
- Conforms to ASTM C 876
Main features - Logging non-volatile capacity 30,000
results within thirty pages, each 32 lines
- On-screen Menu driven operation x 32 columns.
- Pulse induction technique for stability - Results downloaded to PC or printer
and performance - Software and guidance provided for data
- Automatic Zeroing presentation
Back-lit Measurement Display
- Embedded instrumentation computer B Dimensions: 220x110x75 mm
- Automatic sizing of single bars A Weight approx.: 2 kg
Cover role features The meter is supplied complete with stan-
dard cover head and half cell potential
- Logging non-volatile capacity 30,000
electrode. Other models of cover head are
results within thirty pages, each 32 lines
x 32 columns. available. See accessories
- Logged data date and time stamped.
58-E0067/A - Results downloaded to PC or printer
- Software and guidance provided for data
presentation Accessories
- Standard head measures and detects up
to 150 mm, with diameter measurement s58-E0067/A1
from 5 to 125 mm Mini head for detection and analysis of
- Optional deep seeking sensing head low spaced rebars.
which measures cover to over 250 mm
and detects to over 300 mm subject to
s58-E0067/A2
Maxi head for detection and analysis of
bar size. No bar size estimation. deep rebars. No bar size estimation.
See 58-E0067/A2
- Accuracy better than BS1881:204
q STANDARD 58-E0030
UNI (project E07001900), Air and water permeability test set.
Cembureau method John Figg method
Spare parts
58-E0031 58-E0023
s58-E0030/1 Pack of 25 test plugs
The surface moisture content can be deter- General description and specifications
mined using Moisture testers based on the
To measure the quantity of water in various
calcium carbide method. A sample of the
solid materials such as concrete, masonry,
surface to be examined is drilled or scraped
gypsum, brick and most woods using a
from the wall and introduced in the bottle
high frequency capacitive sensor. It is ideal
with the reagent. The water reacts with
for locating the source of dampness in
calcium carbide and develops a gas pressu-
walls and structures and to measure, direc-
re which is indicated on the manometer
tly and instantaneously, the moisture con-
and easily converted in percentage of moi-
tent within them.
sture. Two models are available: standard
with manometer and digital.
Measurement: content by wet weight %=
19-T0019 weight of water
Standard moisture tester x100
weight of water + weight of material
19-T0019/B 58-E0032
Resolution: ± 0.1%
Digital moisture tester Accuracy: ± 0.2% at constant temperature
Sensing field volume: approx. 80 cm3
q STANDARD General description and specifications Operating temperature range: 0 to 70°C
BS 6576
Powered by: battery 9 V
To evaluate damp conditions on and below
B Dimensions: 50x70x110 mm
the surface of building walls.
Two working methods: A Weight approx.: 250 g
- Moisture mode, for surface dampness
measurement.
- Search mode, for dampness estimation
below the surface.
Measurement unit:
Wood Moisture Equivalent
19-T0019/B Measurement range: measure mode: 6%
to well above fibre saturation in wood.
General description and specifications Search mode: relative, colour-coded
Resolution: measure mode: ± 0.1%.
The standard model 19-T0019 comprises Search mode: not applicable
58-E0033
the testing bottle with manometer, small Display: Measure mode: three-digit LCD
balance, 20 ampoules of reagent, wooden and synchronised LED display;
case and accessories. The model 19- Search mode: LED display
T0019/B comprises the same accessories of
Audible alarm: search mode only-adju-
the standard model except for the balance,
which is an electronic model, and the digi- stable synchronised with LED display
tal manometer giving very high accuracy. Battery operated
B Dimensions: 165x52x40 mm
Weight on balance: from 3 to 100 g
depending upon the presumed A Weight approx.: 200 g
water content
B Dimensions: 520x340x140 mm
A Weight approx.: 8 kg
Spare parts
FLEXURAL, LONGITUDINAL,
TORSIONAL RESONANCE - Used by Quality control and Research departments of many leading companies and
institutions, to test materials such as concrete, carbon, graphite, and ceramics
58-E0035/A - Automatically measures the fundamental longitudinal, torsional and resonant frequen-
cies and calculates the damping constant “Q”
Resonance frequency meter. - Used to determine the dynamic moduli of elasticity and rigidity, the dynamic Poisson’s
110-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. ratio, and estimate the Ultrasonic pulse velocity
q STANDARD
Resonant frequency tests are specified for
various materials in:
Used as a means of monitoring changes 58-E0035/A Resonance frequency meter. Complete set
taking place in the concrete and other
materials, due to age, weathering, tempe-
rature, cracking etc. In concrete technology Output voltage: 0 to 2 V pk-pk into 3Ω
the values of modulus of elasticity and load (0.707 V RMS into 3Ω, 1.5 W)
modulus of rigidity are easily derived from Output monitor: 0 to 2 V pk-pk from
the resonant frequency, and are closely BNC socket on rear panel for oscilloscope
related to the quality of the materials, to “X” input
the treatments or additives, and to the Input monitor: 0 to 2.5 V pk from BNC
environmental changes. In particular the socket on rear panel for oscilloscope “Y”
determination of flexural resonance is very input
important when studying the degradation
of concrete under accelerated freezing and Display
thawing cycles and aggressive environ-
4-line LCD
ments on concrete specimens as well as
thermal cycling of refractory materials. Drivers 58-E0035/A Main unit
The most commonly used These are normally well-known, de equipment complying with the
non-destructive tests are the ones simple tests, which have already most frequently used Standards.
that provide an indication of the in- been specified in many National
situ compressive strength of concrete. Standards. Controls is able to provi-
Pull-off strength surface zone strength 58-C0215/L-M Concrete and plaster adhesion
assessment testers
58-C0181/N
58-C0184
58-C0181/N
Concrete test hammer, classic Impact energy: 2.207 Nm
model, aluminium case. B Dimensions with plastic case:
Scale graduated in MPa. 78 mm dia. x 355 mm
A Weight approx.: 1.5 kg (with case
and grinding stone)
58-C0181/G
Main features - Calculation of mean and standard deviation
Digital concrete test hammer - High resolution and accuracy and elimination of non significant values
- Possibility to store, display and download - Numerous parameters allow optimisation
data to PC of accuracy
General description and specifications - Automatic statistical processing of readings
- Automatic conversion of rebound index
to equivalent compression strength in - Rapid and simple calibration procedure
This new and advanced model of digital N/mm2, kg/cm2 or p.s.i. - Powered by internal rechangeable battery
concrete hammer microprocessor operated - Several correlation curves between - Storage up to 5000 tests
consists of the standard unit similar to the rebound index and compressive strength - Complete with traceable certificate of
with possibility of user defined curves calibration
model 58-C0181/N but equipped with an
electronic transducer which converts the
rebound of the hammer into an electric
signal and displays it in the selected stress
unit.
The digital hammer, which is battery opera-
ted, can be easily connected to a PC or
serial printer via the RS 232 port. A large
permanent memory can store up to 5000
results. Supplied complete with battery
charger and serial cable.
58-C0181/G
Accessories
EXAMPLE OF SCREEN DISPLAY
s82-P0172/A Serial printer with
rechargeable internal battery or stan-
dard battery
58-C0215/T
Digital bond strength/pull-off
tester. Capacity 16 kN
General description
58-C0215/T
The apparatus is basically a dynamometer
fitted with a load cell and high resolution
digital display unit. The direct tensile force
is applied by rotating the hand wheel.
Specifications
Load cap.: 16 kN
Readout unit: Load cell
Resolution: 10 N
Working range: 0.25 to 16 kN Carrying case
q STANDARD
Operation principle
ASTM C900, UNI 9536
1. Using a drill, cut out a circular part, according to the
dimensions of the discs, up to the base material, in order
to define exactly the measuring surface.
58-C0178
Standard pullout test apparatus
100 kN cap.
N° 10 pieces of s58-C0215/8
s58-C0178/2 Pullout inserts, 30 mm
dia. Pack of 50 pieces
Test metal disc 20 mm dia.
58-C0215/20 complete set
s58-C0215/9 Epoxy resin with
hardening compound. Pack of 1 kg
MICROCORE METHOD
58-C0299 To perform the test if mains water is not Core preparation and compression
available a pressure water reservoir 10/15 l
Microcore apparatus. The flatness of core ends is essential to
cap. should be provided.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. obtain reliable compression results so it is
very important to make sure that the tole-
q STANDARD rance is within 0.01 mm.
Accessories
UNI 10766 Furthermore the compression test should
be performed with a suitable compression
s83-D2020 Pressure water reservoir, machine considering that the max. requi-
General description and specifications 10 litres capacity
red load should be lower than 50 kN.
The apparatus consists of the following Cement compression testers or small uni-
Spare parts versal testers may be conveniently used.
parts:
- Flanged guide assembly
- Two clamping pliers to fit the flanged s58-C0299/1 Diamond core bit 28 Equipments for core surfaces
mm ins. dia. x 100 mm length
guide assembly to the surface preparation: see Section 45
- Electric drill s58-C0299/2 Diamond core bit 28
mm ins. dia. x 200 mm length
- Diamond core bit 28 mm int. dia. by 100 Equipments for compression test: see
mm length
Section 34 and 65.
- Diamond core bit 28 mm int. dia. by 200
mm length
- Set of accessories comprising 20 anchors,
washers and drill bit
- Two carrying cases.
86-D2020
Concrete quality
and homogeneity evaluation
To estimate homogeneity upon the density and the elasticity ning the material under study, diffe-
and structural integrity the most properties of the material. By com- rent test methods can be combined,
appropriate methods are those that paring pulse velocities it is possible particularly ultrasonic readings with
utilise ultrasonics. The main aim is to evaluate homogeneity and iden- rebound hammer readings so as to
to measure the transit time of tify the presence of cracks, voids, obtain additional information con-
sonic/ultrasonic pulses through con- honeycombing, anomalies and non- cerning concrete strength
crete. homogeneity of elastic properties.
The pulse velocity is dependant To gather more information concer-
58-E0048
Ultrasonic pulse velocity tester
q STANDARD
EN 12504: Part 4, BS 1881: 203, ASTM
C 597, NF P18-418, UNI 9524
Microprocessor incorporated
Frequency range: 24 to 150 kHz
Ultrasonic tester 58-E0048
Receiver input impedance: 1 MΩ - Non-destructive evaluation of homoge-
RS 232 output neity of concrete, presence of cracks and
The tester is supplied complete with: voids, deterioration, age effects
Connectable to oscilloscope - Two 54 kHz transducers (Transmitter and - Non-destructive evaluation of the
Transit time measurement: Receiver) with 3 m cable mechanical properties of the concrete
- Calibration rod - Light, portable and easy to use
from 0.1 to 1999.9 µs
- Coupling agent (250 cc bottle)
Pulse rate:
- Nylon carrying case.
from 1 to 10 per second, selectable
Accuracy: 0.1 µs
Transmitter output: 800 V Accessories and spare parts
Battery operated
Testing heads, oscilloscopes and calibra-
Battery life: 18 working hours tion rods same as those listed for the
B Dimensions: 138x80x200 mm 58-E0049/B and 58-E0049/A models.
A Weight approx.: See following pages.
1.1 kg, complete set 2.9 kg
Ultrasonic tester 58-E0048 with oscilloscope
58-E0048/10
58-E0049/B
Dual Tester for Ultrasonic and
Rebound tests including electronic
rebound hammer directly connected
58-E0049/A
Dual Tester for Ultrasonic and
Rebound tests (with manual input
of rebound hammer results)
* Supplied as standard outfit with the 58-E0048, 58-E0049/B and 58-E0049/A units
Note. Spare testing heads: no. required to perform the test
Spare parts
Introduction
58-E4600/D
Computerised ultrasonic
cross-hole tester
General description 58-E4600/D complete set for standard and cross-hole ultrasonic testing.
Comprehends: computerised control unit, motorised cable drums with cables, contact and radial
probes and battery operated power-box.
The 58-E4600/D is a computerised appara-
tus for standard and cross-hole ultrasonic
testing. Main features Ports
It is composed by: - 1 VGA for external optional monitor
- digital control unit with industrial PC; Digital control unit with ultrasonic - 1 PS2 for external optional mouse / key-
- 2 motorised drums with cables and posi- pulses generator board
tion sensors; - 2 USB for
- 2 cables holder to be fixed on the test Digital control unit - data downloading and saving
tube heads; - Fully computerised unit for automatic (64 Mb USB key memory included)
- 2 contact probes for standard ultrasonic test execution - optional USB printer
testing and 2 radial probes for cross-hole - User friendly software for test control - 1 Ethernet 10/100
ultrasonic testing; and data elaboration - 1 Serial
- battery operated power-box. - Numeric and graphic visualisation of test
data Ultrasonic pulse generator
- software facility for advanced elabora- - Controlled by software
tion and reporting of cross-hole test - Pulse voltage: 500 and 3500 V
results - Pulse rate: 1/sec
- MS Windows XP licence included
- Colour TFT Touch screen 6.4”
- CPU 233 MHz
- 128 Mb PC RAM 100 MHz
- 64 Mb USB key memory
- Resistant aluminium frame housed in a
rigid plastic case
- 12 V battery operated (battery included –
see power-box)
- Dimensions: 280 x 220 x 170 mm approx.
- Weight: 3 kg approx.
T = trasmitting probe
Pile section R = receiving probe
SUMMARY OF THE MOST RELEVANT TEST METHODS AND THEIR RELATED APPLICATION
58-C0219/B1 58-C0219/SET
Crack width gauge for corners
Corner mounting. Monitors horizontal and 58-C0219/SET
vertical movements across cracks in corner.
Set of crack spy
Crack monitoring gauges including:
58-C0219/C1
- N. 1 Set of five 58-C0219/A1
Crack width gauge for floors - N. 1 58-C0219/B1
Floor mounting. Monitors settlement of - N. 1 58-C0219/C1
floors relative to a wall or column. - N. 1 58-C0219/D1
58-C0219/A1, 58-C0219/C1, 58-C0219/B1,
58-C0219/D1 complete with carrying case.
58-C0219/D1
Crack width gauge B Case dimension: 235x200x42 mm
for difference of level A Weight approx.: 0.45 kg
Difference of level/Displacement mounting.
Monitors movement across a crack when
one surface moves out of plane to the other.
LENGTH CHANGES
CRACK WIDTHS
58-C0218
Crack measurement microscope
Magnification: 35x
Measuring range: 4 mm 58-C0218
58-C0219/C1 58-C0219/D1
Subdivision: 0.02 mm
Battery operated
B Dimensions: 150x80x45 mm
A Weight approx.: 550 g
Typical application
of one flat jack
with mechanical strain
gauge for determining
the stress condition.
The in-situ stress-deformability and resi- Different models are available from 100 to
stance features, can be measured by using 300 mm gauge lengths with mechanical or
the standard mechanical strain gauges (see digital gauges. Please refer to page 261 for
our model 58-C0230), and a pressure more information.
gauge or, in alternative, by a more sophisti-
cated data acquisition system consisting of The models normally used for this applica-
electronic extensometers (e.g. model tion are:
58-D0585), pressure transducers to be con-
nected to the hand pump and a data log- 58-C0230
ger (e.g. our Datalog 82-P0908/A). Mechanical strain gauge, 300 mm
gauge length
Accessories
58-C0222 s58-C0229/5
Stainless steel chain. 10 m
58-C0226
58-C0229
Telescopic tubular sensor
INTRODUCTION
Inorganic binders have had a role in the con- Today, the various types of binders are well
struction industry since pre-classical times and, after known, particularly cements, and they are becoming
successive transformations, are today briefly classi- evermore sophisticated with pre-mixed cements
fied as cements, limes and plasters. These binders, as designed to satisfy specific structural requirements.
well as being used singularly are often mixed in order For several decades, national standards have gover-
to produce an end product, which meets the techni- ned over the production of these binders and have
cal characteristics of the user. Certainly, as far back led, in each single producing country, to a high level
as the second century the Romans mixed lime with of diversification. The current EN Standards have
pozzolan to enhance its hydraulic properties and drawn on the know-how of the various national
then mixed this with aggregates in order to obtain bodies in order to arrive at a unified Standard.
“bitunium”, the forefather of today’s concrete. In the We propose a vast range of machines that
18th century lime was fired with clay in order to satisfy, practically all requirements.
obtain the first hydraulic limes, which were further
developed in the following century into a cement
industry in which plaster played an important role.
Contents
Cement
62 Physical and chemical properties of cement
Cement samplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
Specific gravity (Relative density) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
Hydraulic shrinkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
Soundness of cement and hydrated lime . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269
Expansion of Portland cement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270
Air content of mortar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270
Pat test for soundness of hydrated lime
and gypsum plasters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .271
Fineness of cement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .271
Bulk density and water retention of cement . . . . . . . . . . .271
Heat of hydration of cement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272
Loss on ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272
A Weight approx.: 5 kg
62-L0009/F
Spare parts
62-L0001 62-L0003
62-L0002 62-D1635
62-L0009/1 62-L0009/1F
The soundness of cements and limes is For use with Le Chatelier moulds for the
determined using the expansion test with determination of the soundness of cement
Le Chatelier moulds according to the rele- paste. Stainless steel internal chamber
vant standard. The mould consists of a housed in a stainless steel insulated exte-
spring tensioned split cylinder 30 mm rior case. Power 1500 W capable of rea-
internal diameter x 30 mm high with two ching the boiling point in 30 minutes.
indicator stems which measure 165 mm Complete with rack for twelve 62-L0025
from the points to the centre line of the moulds and cover.
cylinder and O ring. Two or three moulds
are required for each test. We propose the Internal dimensions (lxwxd):
single mould (code 62-L0025), a package of 300x150x230 mm
6 units (code 62-L0025/C) and a complete B External dimensions:
kit including 3 moulds, glass plates and Use of the extensibility of mould apparatus
62-L0025/4
440x215x290 mm
accessories for the verification of extensi-
bility (code 62-L0025/B).
A Weight approx.: 10.5 kg
62-L0025 62-L0025/B
Le Chatelier mould Le Chatelier soundness kit
Strictly conforming to EN. Individually
checked, supplied complete with certificate General description and specifications
of conformity. Each mould is identified by a
Consisting of:
serial number.
- No. 3 62-L0025 Le Chatelier moulds
A Weight approx.: 30 g - No. 6 62-L0025/2 Glass plates, 50 mm sq.
- No. 3 62-L0025/3 100 g weights
- No. 1 62-L0025/4 Extensibility of mould
apparatus
- No. 1 62-L0025/5 Tamping rod 17 mm 62-L0025/F
dia. x 70 g weight
- No. 1 62-L0025/6 Rule.
All contained in a plastic carrying case as
shown in the picture. Very useful to avoid
dispersions of each item in the laboratory.
B Dimensions: 230x210x45 mm
62-L0025
A Weight approx.: 1 kg
62-L0025/C
Le Chatelier mould. Pack of 6 units
Same as 62-L0025.
Accessories
PAT TEST FOR SOUNDNESS OF BULK DENSITY OF CEMENT CEMENT WATER RETENTION
HYDRATED LIME AND GYPSUM PLASTERS
q STANDARD q STANDARD
q STANDARD ASTM C91, C110 ASTM C91, C110
EN 459 – BS 890, 1191
62-L0060 62-L0061/A
62-L0037 Apparatus for the measurement of Water retention apparatus
Brass ring mould bulk density of cement
62-L0037 General description and specifications
General description and specifications
General description and specifications Used for determining the water retention
Used to determine the bulk density of value of cement and lime. Comprising
Used for the determination of the sound- cement as specified by the “Commission water aspirator, three-way stopcock, metal
ness of hydrated lime and gypsum plasters. des méthodes d’essai des matériaux de perforated dish, funnel, mercury manome-
The mould is 100 mm dia. x 5 mm deep construction”. It consists of a sieve funnel, ter, mercury valve and stand.
with an internal taper of 5°. It is supplied an unit weight measure 1 litre capacity, a
complete with glass plate. Three are requi- tripod, and straightedge. B Dimensions:
red for each test. 400x300x600 mm
B Overall dimensions: approx.
350x350x520 mm A Weight approx.:
FINENESS OF CEMENT A Weight approx.: 3 kg 8 kg
q STANDARD
EN 196-6
62-L0041/A
Blaine fineness
(Air permeability) apparatus
B Overall dimensions:
220x170x470 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 8 kg
Accessories
s62-L0041/2
Manometer liquid. 250 ml bottle
Spare parts
s62-L0041/A1
Spare U-tube glass manometer
s62-L0041/3
Filter paper. Box of 1000 circles
62-L0041/A
10-D1418/A
B Overall dimensions:
300x200x650 mm approx. Muffle furnace 1200°C max. tem-
perature. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
A Weight approx.: 13 kg 65-D1409
62-L0071
10-D1418/A
272 Testing equipment for the construction industry
Setting time and consistency of cement 63
CEMENT Determination of setting time and consistency of cement - Vicat method
s63-L0028/5
Consistency plunger 10 mm dia.
Accessories ASTM
General description
Firmware specifications
. .. .
Pitch
...
. .. ..
. .
. .. . .
dia.
IMPORTANT NOTE
Using a single VICAMATIC apparatus
two options are available for PC con-
nection:
Spare parts
63-L0027/E20 1.13 mm diameter needle to EN
63-L0027/E21 1 mm diameter needle to ASTM/AASHTO
63-L0027/E22 Plastic mould to EN
63-L0027/E23 Plastic mould to ASTM/AASHTO
63-L0027/E24 Glass base plate
63-L0027/E25 Glass base plate for the in-water testing device
63-L0027/E26 100 recording charts
63-L0027/E27 Pack of 5 pens including one pen holder
63-L0027/E23
63-L0027/E22
63-L0027/E25
63-L0027/E24
63-L0027/E26, 63-L0027/E27
Spare parts
Accessories s63-L0040/10
63-L0039/1
Flow mould to ASTM C230
s63-L0037/1
Flow calliper to EN 459-2 and 1015-3
s63-L0040/11 Hardwood tamper
12x25x150 mm mould to ASTM C230
Spare parts
s63-L0037/10
Flow mould to EN 459-2 and 1015-3
s63-L0037/11
Tamper to EN 459-2 and 1015-3
63-L0040/A
Accessories
63-L0095/2
64-L0036
A Weight approx.: 35 kg
64-L0031
YIELD OF LIME
64-L0031/A
Slaking vessel
q STANDARD
EN 459-2
s63-L0037/11 s64-L0035/C3
Tamper to EN 459-2 and 1015-3 Thermometer 0-100°C
s63-L0037/12
Filling hopper for 63-L0037/10 flow
mould
64-L0031/A
280 Testing equipment for the construction industry
Building lime, grout and mud testing 64
CEMENT Flow properties of grouts, muds and other fluid materials
q STANDARD
Spare parts and accessories ISO 2431 64-L0057
A Weight approx.: 2 kg
64-L0054 64-L0053
64-L0064
Sand content kit
64-L0058
Sieve analysis apparatus for determining
the sand content of drilling muds.
The kit consists of a special 200 mesh sieve
2½” dia., fastered inside a collar upon
either end of which fits a small funnel.
64-L0064
62-L0025
Le Chatelier mould
B Overall dimensions:
200x230x480 mm approx. 64-L0025/G
A Weight approx.: 10 kg
Accessories
65-L0006/A
AUTOMIX Automatic programmable
mortar mixer complete with sand 65-L0006/A
dispenser. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Safety features
65-L0006/AM
AUTOMIX Automatic programmable - Microswitch to avoid operation when the
mortar mixer complete with sand bowl is removed
dispenser and a supplementary - Transparent safety bowl cover
dispenser for the manual addition
of admixtures or water during the Voltage: 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
mixing cycle. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
B Dimensions (lxwxh):
600x450x600 mm approx.
n o t e
A Weight approx.: 58 kg
For the 110 V, 60 Hz versions ask respecti-
vely for 65-L0006/AZ and 65-L0006/AMZ
Spare parts
General description and specifications Easy removal of bowl and beater
These mixers have been developed with a s65-L0006/2 Stainless steel mixing
bowl 5 litres cap. for Automix mixer
high level of quality and reliability. They Technical specifications
conform precisely to the standard, whilst at s65-L0006/4 Stainless steel beater
- Robust and stable frame for Automix mixer
the same time meeting the demand for a
wider scope in testing other materials and - Easy and fast bowl mounting or removal
for research applications. An important - Distance between beater and bowl: 3 ± 1
feature of this mixer is the ability to pro- mm during all cycle
gram special mixing cycles. The version 65- - Stainless steel beater and bowl
L0006/AM is supplied complete with a - Bowl capacity: 5 litres
second dispenser for the manual addition - Sand dispenser electronically controlled
of admixtures or water. - 4 programmable mixing cycles confor-
ming to EN 196-1, EN 196-3, DIN 1164-
5, and DIN 1164-7
- 1 mixing cycle programmable by the
operator
- Alphanumeric display 4x20 characters
- 2 mixing speeds: 140 ± 5 r.p.m. and 285
± 10 r.p.m.
- Easy and precise mixing speed adjustment
Detail of the front panel - Synchronised acoustic signals with test
cycles
Detail of the bowl displacement by a vertical slide
65-L0005 q STANDARD
Mortar mixer, cap. 5 litres. EN 196-1
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
65-L0007/1
65-L0005/Z Reference sand. 40 bags, 1350 g
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph. each, total 54 kg
65-L0005/Y
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
Accessories
Spare parts
65-L0005
COMPACTION OF SPECIMENS
BY THE JOLTING APPARATUS Main features - Automatic performance of the pro-
- Easy verification of compliance with grammed jolting cycle
Standards: weight distribution, - Rapid mould lock and release system
65-L0012/E dimensions etc. - High value: long-lasting and reliable
Jolting apparatus for compaction of - Rigid structure assuring stability and over time
no distortion - The digital control panel can be easily
specimens. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. - New control panel with digital cycle removed from the machine and wall
counter, automatic, secure, ergonomic mounted
65-L0012/EY
Jolting apparatus for compaction of
specimens. 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
65-L0012/EZ
Jolting apparatus for compaction of
specimens. 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
A Weight approx.: 6 kg
65-L0051
70.7 mm Cube mould
A Weight approx.: 2 kg
CURING CABINET
65-L0013/E
CURACEM Cement Curing Cabinet.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
CABINET
65-L0013/E
86-D2030
Water Water main
refrigerator
❄
Operating principle
The cold water coming from refrigerator-circulator 86-D2030 is spried inside the 65-
L0013/E by nebulisers. The internal immersion heater is automatically operated if
necessary to maintain constant the curing temperature (normally 20 ± 1°C) and the
humidity goes over 95%. The water consumption is about 2 l/h max.
65-L0013/E
86-D2030
I m p o r t a n t n o t e
The heat exchanger fitted in
the 86-D2030 generates a flow of hot air
so, it could be necessary to install it exter-
nally under a penthouse or distant from 65-D1409
the conditioned area.
Introduction
The testing machines we the bearing compression plates and - The semiautomatic models 65-L10G2/C,
propose provide the highest possible flexural jigs. The EN requires both L11G2/C, L12G2/C, and L13G2/C, which
degree of flexibility when making the flexural and the compression are fitted with the motorized pump
the correct selection according to test, the ASTM C348, C349 require with flow central valve and the
the test requirement. the same with a little difference in Digimax Plus digital display and proces-
Considering that all the national sing unit (see page 189)
the flexural jig, and the ASTM C109
- The automatic models 65-L10V2,
European specifications are now the compression test only on 50 mm 65-L11V2, 65-L12V2 and 65-L13V2
superseded by the new EN 196 we (2”) mortar cubes. Some versions of which are fitted with the AUTOMAX
can outline that there are just two our testers can be conveniently used system (see page 194)
main subdivisions: for testing other products and speci- - The advanced automatic testing
mens such as bricks, resins, soil systems in various configurations which
A) EN MODELS cement mixtures, gypsum, rocks, includes the different compression and
B) ASTM/AASHTO MODELS microcores , etc. using the appro- flexural frames plus the control consoles
priate accessory. SERCOMP 7, MCC 8 or ADVANTEST 9
The difference between the two which can also be connected to other
We propose three different group of frames to combine complete testing
Standards are basically the size of
testers: systems (see pages 209-217).
specimens and the specifications for
SEMIAUTOMATIC SEMIAUTOMATIC
AND AUTOMATIC MODELS
“DIGIMAX PLUS" MODELS
General description Main features
- Dual stage power pump
These machines, featuring a very rigid two - Proportional valve, hand control
column frame, have been designed for the "Pacemeter system" for a precise
rate of loading.
testing of the cement prism either in compres- - Strength measurement by
sion or in flexure. The frames of the series 65- Digimax Plus system
L10XX and 65-L11XX are already fitted respec- - High resolution: 130000 points
tively with EN compression bearing plates and - Large graphic display 240x128 pixel
EN compression bearing plates plus flexural jig. - User friendly test software
conforming to EN
The frames of the series 65-L12XX and 65- - Display of load rate
L13XX are fitted with round compression pla- - Large permanent memory
tens and have to be completed, if needed, with - Languages: English, French,
the suitable compression and/or flexural devi- Spanish, German, Italian
- Unit selection: kN, kgf, lbf
ces. See accessories page 292. - For more information on the
power system and Digimax Plus
Safety features unit see pages 188 and 189.
65-L10G2/C
The EN 196-1 prescribe the ±1% starting from Semiautomatic DIGIMAX Plus models Semiautomatic DIGIMAX Plus models
1/5 of the full range. All our models assure this
requirement starting from 1/10 of the 250 kN 65-L10G2/C 65-L11G2/C
scale and approx. 1/8 of the 15 kN scale. 250 kN cap. compression tester fit- 15/250 kN cap. double chamber
ted with compression bearing plate flexural and compression tester fit-
conforming to EN 196-1 ted with compression bearing plates
and flexural jig conforming to EN
65-L12G2/C 196-1
250 kN cap. compression tester
with round platens 65-L13G2/C
15/250 kN cap. double chamber
compression tester fitted with
round platens
290 Testing equipment for the construction industry
Determination of cement strength 65
CEMENT Semiautomatic and automatic models (continued)
AUTOMATIC
"AUTOMAX" MODELS
Main features
- Automatic test cycle with closed
loop digital feedback
- Load/time plot and actual load
rate displayed in real time
- Accurate load rate control
- High resolution: 130,000 points
- High test throughput
- Memory storage of about 150
tests
- Real time download to PC by RS
232
- Machine calibration access by
software
And many other options: as for
example language and unit selec-
tion etc.
65-L10V2
65-L11G2/C
65-L13V2
65-L12G2/C
Technical specifications
*Machine accuracy: the EN 196-1 prescribes the ±1% starting from 1/5 of the full scale.
Our machines assure this requirement starting from 1/10 of the 250 kN range and approx. 1/8 of the 15 kN range.
50-C9030 50-C9032
65-L0019/B
FLEXURAL STRENGTH
OF MORTAR PRISMS 40X40X160 MM - Constant rate of loading - Accepts flexural or briquette specimens
- Dual range - Single lever loading assures high
- Automatic stop at failure accuracy
q STANDARD
EN 196-1 – ASTM C190, C348, C349 –
AASHTO T132-87 – DIN 1164 – NF P15-451
65-L0015/A
Automatic flexure/tension machine.
5 kN cap. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
65-L0015/AZ
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
65-L0015/AY
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
Accessories
65-L0016
Introduction
Test laboratories that exa- trol console including hydraulic flexural frames for cement and con-
mine the mechanical properties of pump and circuit, electrical/electro- crete specimens.
building materials require advanced nic apparatus and strength measure- Complete description of the
Test Systems that guarantee a high ment system, connected to 1 to 4 Sercomp 7 and MCC 8 series are
degree of accuracy and compliance different frames. Different testing given on pages 208 - 210.
to the reference Standards. They also software can complete the testing All testing frames concerning
require user friendly equipment, system. cement testing, connectable to the
rapid set up and execution, automa- Controls has recently updated and above control consoles are shown
tion, flexibility, and the possibility to improved this important line of and described in the following
integrate with an existing network testing apparatus by the new pages.
so as to create a comprehensive data SERCOMP 7 and MCC 8 control con-
storage and management procedure. soles which can be connected to up
The testing systems consist of a con- four different compression and
50-C7022
Sercomp 7 automatic control
console. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Example of displays
50-C8232
MCC8 Multifunctional
computerised control console.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
I m p o r t a n t n o t e
The MCCC 8 system is also available in the
standard version having the same basic
fetures of the 50-C8232 version except for
the determination of the Elastic modulus, 6
channels for strain gauges and relevant PC
software which are not included.
50-C8032
MCC 80 Multifunctional
computerised control console for
connection to up to three frames.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Frame
Main features - The MCC is supplied complete with
- Can control up to three frames PC and printer.
Two column frame with single or twin test - Automatic test performance with PID - Software calibration facilities and
chamber mounted on steel base closed loop system linearisation
- Programmable load and stress rate
Ram and cylinder - Real time plot of stress versus time For complete description and infor-
- Resolution 1/30000.
mations see pages 210 including
- Determination in real time of the
Simple effect with electrical limit switch modulus of elasticity software packages.
for ram travel
Compression platens,
ball seating, flexure device
Compression platens are surfaced harde- Load sensors
Both the single and twin chamber test fra- ned to at least 600 HV, the upper platen is
fitted to a ball seating with a max. 3° incli- The frames, in the various versions, are fit-
mes are proposed in two versions;
nation to the horizontal. ted with pressure transducers near the ram
- with incorporated plates/bearers for testing
The lower platen is fitted with pins (EN cylinders (models 65-L1000/*, 65-L1100/*,
40 x 40 x 160 mm prisms to EN 196-1
196-1 models) or inscribed with circles 65-L1200/*, 65-L1300/*) or load cells fitted
- with 165 mm dia. platen for general
(general test models) to assist sample cen- between the upper cross beam and the ball
compression tests and use of the various
tring. seating/upper platen group (models 65-
test devices offered as accessories (see
In the general test models with 165 mm L1001/*, 65-L1101/*, 65-L1201/*, 65-
page 292).
dia. platens the vertical daylight between L1301/*). Load cell are recommended with
On the EN 196-1 models, the flexure cham-
the platens can be reduced using 30 mm low testing loads.
ber (if fitted) consists of a 10 mm dia. X 50
mm long upper bearer with ball seating thick distance pieces (see 65-L0012/11
and two lower bearers of the same dimen- accessory).
sions having a span of 100 mm. One of the
lower bearers can tilt. Safety devices
Technical specifications
Dimensions
- height mm 1450/1566 1450/1566 1490/1580 1490/1580
- width mm 400 580 400 580
- depth mm 460 460 460 460
Weight approx. kg 190 240 160 240
Class 1 measurement range:
- with pressure transducers kN from 25 to 250 from 2 to 15 and from 25 to 250 from 2 to 15 and
from 25 to 250 from 25 to 250
- with load cells kN from 2.5 to 250 from 0.5 to 15 and from 2.5 to 250 from 0.5 to 15 and
from 2.5 to 250 from 2.5 to 250
I m p o r t a n t n o t e
The model 65-L1201/* is also available in a special version with increased vertical span (358 mm)
and horizontal span (266 mm) for the use of the concrete flexure device 50-C9010 (see page
200). This model is identified by the code 65-L1211/* and is available on order.
ORDERING INFORMATIONS
SINGLE FRAME MODELS UNIVERSAL SINGLE FRAME MODELS UNIVERSAL TWIN FRAME MODELS
Built-in compression platen to EN 196-1 Round compression platens. Using the suita- Round compression platens. Using the sui-
and ISO 679 ble accessory they satisfy EN 196-1, ISO 679 table accessory they satisfy EN 196-1,
and ASTM C109. See accessory page 292. ISO 679, ASTM C109 and C348.
65-L1000/*
Compression testing frame, 250 kN 65-L1300/*
cap., with pressure transducer Twin compression testing frame,
15/250 kN cap., round platens, with
65-L1001/* pressure transducers
Compression testing frame, 250 kN
cap. with load cell 65-L1301/*
Twin compression testing frame,
15/250 kN cap., round platens, with
load cells
65-L1200/*
Compression testing frame, 250 kN
cap., round platens, with pressure
transducer
65- L1000/*. Detail of compression platen
65-L1101/*
Flexure and compression testing
frame, 15/250 kN cap. with load cells
INTRODUCTION
Soil - CBR
Asphalt - Marshall
Steel - tensile
Asphalt - Duriez
Compression/flexure/
splitting on cement
and concrete
General description
Frame specifications
Protection
Gearbox
DC servomotor
Bench
70-S16C2
Fitted with tensile
grips and extensiome-
PC SOFTWARE
ter and PC cabinet
86-D2999 (optional.
See page 304)
Main window
The main window with the diagram display and all the function keys
necessaries to perform the tests.
Tool bar
With function control keys.
Test speed
The upper box concerns the load rate control As specified, the above information concerns
and the lower the displacement rate control. just a little part of the testing software instal-
Acquisition led. Other functions are available as for exam-
ple:
The third menu heading page is named
- Preload key
“Acquisition” and consists of the following
- Setting of load or displacement rate
parts: General test identification, Type of test,
- Motor switch ON/OFF
Sample data, Data acquisition control.
- Stop keys to stop displacement or load
Manual operation - Alarm limits to inform that the prefixed
Keys for the fast and slow Type of test limit of force or displacement has been
displacement of the machine cross The test type selection is obligatory. In the test achieved
head, upward and downward. type menu, the tensile test is selected by - Diagram scale modification
default and the test data are saved automati- - Rapid reversal
cally. If another type of test is required, it can - Failure sensitivity
be selected from the selection list - Test recovery
- Colors option, etc.
Real time plot - Zero
- Control
The central part of the window concerns the
- General test identification
graphic display section where the test diagram
is plotted in real time during the test.
ORDERING INFORMATION
70-S16C2
Universal electromechanical tester, 200 kN cap., PC controlled,
complete with printer.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
70-S17C2
Universal electromechanical tester, 300 kN cap., PC controlled,
complete with printer.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
B Overall dimensions:
500x550x915 mm (lxdxh)
A Weight approx.: 55 kg
70-S0017/10 with 70-C0954/C
COMPRESSION TESTS
70-S0017/20
Upper platen 200 mm dia. complete
with spherical seat
s70-C0954/C5
Extension for 70-C0954/C I m p o r t a n t n o t e .
for measuring base 600 mm
The electronic coaxial extensometer series
70-C0961 can be left on the specimen up
to failure.
For more information see page 314.
Steel Tensile test under load/ EN 10002-2 70-S0017/10 Upper and lower tensile heads
Rebars, rounds elongation control complete with grips
and flats for round specimens 2 to 20 mm dia.
and flats 0 to 15 mm thick
70-C0954/C Electronic universal extensometer
Cement and Compression test under EN 196-1 70-S0017/1 Lower compression platen
mortars load control 70-S0017/20 Upper compression platen
50-C9030 Compression device for portions
of 40x40x160 mm beams broken
in flexure
ASTM C109 70-S0017/1 Lower compression platen
70-S0017/20 Upper compression platen
50-C9032 Compression device to test
50 mm (2”) mortar cubes
Specifications
70-C0019 70-C0019/B
(C0019/Z-Y) (C0019/BZ-BY)
70-U0313
Wedge grip for specimens from 16
to 22 mm dia. Four pieces are 70-C0019/41 for compression tests
on cubes up to 150 mm and cylinders
required per set up to 160x320 mm
70-U0314
DISTANCE PIECES
Wedge grip for flat specimens up to
50 mm wide by 1 to 15 mm thick, To be introduced between piston and lower
and rounds up to 5 mm dia. Four platen.
PC software sample screen pieces are required per set
50-C9082
Distance piece 200 mm dia.
by 50 mm thickness
50-C9083
Distance piece 200 mm dia.
by 68 mm thickness
Electronic universal extensometer nic extensometer (Patent pending), which 82-P0172 Serial printer
to measure the elongation of wires, is fully described and illustrated on page 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
314 of this catalogue. They can be left on 82-P0172/Z Serial printer
steel rebars and round
the specimen up to failure. 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
steel specimens. 82-P0172/1 RS 232
70-C0961/A1 connection cable
Measuring base: 50 to 200 mm 82-P0172/5 Support for connection
Coaxial electronic extensometer to Digimax Plus
Linearity: better than ± 1% for round specimens
Max. travel: 10 mm from 5 to 11.5 mm dia.
70-C0961/B1
Coaxial electronic extensometer
for round specimens
from 11 to 18 mm dia.
70-C0961/B1
70-C0961/C1
Coaxial electronic extensometer
for round specimens
of 17.5 and 26 mm dia.
Software
70-C0820/C
1000 kN capacity in tension
steel: Standards UNI 559, 564 - ASTM 2000 kN capacity in
E290 compression complete with
- Compression test on steel: Standard platens 70-C0901/5 for
UNI 558 compression tests
- Flexural test on concrete beams: The PC cabinet on the left is
Standard EN 12390-5 not part of the machine.
- Compression test on concrete speci- See accessories page 312.
mens: Standards EN 12390-3.
PC and printer
Standard outfit
I m p o r t a n t n o t e .
B Overall dimensions:
500x550x915 mm (lxdxh)
A Weight approx.: 55 kg
Examples of displays
The apparatus consists of a lower beam with two mobile bearers and one upper bearer.
The apparatus consists of a lower beam with two mobile bearers and one upper bearer 50
mm dia. The upper bearer is also available with 20, 30, 40, and 60 mm dia. (See accessories).
Accessories
The apparatus consists of an upper platen with spherical seat and of a lower platen.
70-C0807/1 Detail
of compression platens
GRIPPERS FOR ELECTROWELDED ELECTRONIC COAXIAL EXTENSOMETERS determines the measuring base, which, as
STEEL SCREEN AND STEEL STRANDS 70-C0961 SERIES is well known, must be 5 times the diame-
ter of the specimen (in the case of breaking
70-C0901/20 COAXIAL EXTENSOMETER FOR TENSILE
point measurements). The two end sections
Gripper for electrowelded steel consist of two mechanisms for gripping the
STRENGTH TESTING. (PATENT PENDING)
specimen. One carries the electrical exten-
screen
someter, the other an anvil.
Used with the standard grips for flat speci- Introduction
mens 70-C0807/10 supplied with the uni-
versal tester. Extensometers used for measuring the Detail of the extensome-
A Weight approx.: net 5 kg extension of specimens in traction, particu- ter after fracture.
The two end sections
larly in the case of steel or brittle materials, remain connected to the
are only able to detect strain during the specimen part without
first stage of the test, or rather, while the suffering any stress.
brittle materials conserve their elasticity as
they have to be disconnected before failu- Patent pending
re. This simple and economic system, the
result of our experience in this field, fully
satisfies these requirements because:
- it is applied directly to the specimen
- it remains connected until breakage
- it measures extension with high preci-
70-C0901/20 70-C901/31
sion of both the elastic and plastic stage 70-C0961/A1
and with the appropriate simple adjust-
ments, it is connectable to almost all Coaxial electronic extensometer
70-C0901/31 testing machines for round specimens from 5 to
Grip for strands from 9.3 to 15.2 - it avoids markings on the test pieces. 11.5 mm dia.
mm dia. Four pieces are required to 70-C0961/B1
perform the test.
Coaxial electronic extensometer
A Weight approx.: net 5 kg for round specimens from 11 to
18 mm dia.
70-C0961/C1
FLEXURE ON CONCRETE BEAMS Coaxial electronic extensometer
for round specimens from 17.5 to
q STANDARD 26 mm dia.
EN 12390-5, BS 1881:118, ASTM C78, General description and specifications 70-C0961/D1
C293, AASHTO T97, NF P18-407, UNI 6133
The extensometer is basically made from Coaxial electronic extensometer for
50-C9010 three separate tubular sections, joined tele- round specimens from 25 to
Flexure testing set for centre and scopically to one another. The middle sec- 36 mm dia.
third point test on concrete beams tion, delimited by the larger diameter,
100x100x400/500 mm and
150x150x600/700 mm
Specifications 70- C0961/A1 C0961/B1 C0961/C1 C0961/D1
Suitable for both 70-C0807/C and
70-C0820/C models. For more information Measuring range
see section 50. dia. mm (min./max.) 5/11.5 11/18 17.5/26 25/36
A Weight approx.: 33 kg Spacers(2) for specimens
dia. (mm) 5-6-8-10 12-14-16-18 18-20-22-25 25-28-30-32
Measuring base (1) 5xd 5xd 5xd 5xd
Transducer stroke (mm) 30 50 50 100
Size (mm)
a) 130 150 160 220
b) 55 65 70 80
c) 55 60 65 75
Weight approx. (g) from 100 to 500
50-C9010
STANDARD ELECTRONIC EXTENSOMETER MARKING OFF MACHINE Each machine is factory calibrated and
supplied with instruction manual. The
70-C0954/C q STANDARD machine has to be completed with the
Electronic universal extensometer to UNI 556 safety cage. See accessory 70-C0990/A3.
measure the elongation of wires,
steel rebars and round steel speci- 70-C0980 Impact energy: 300 J (30.58 kgf · m)
mens. Marking off machine Falling angle: 150°
Pendulum mass: 20.484 kg
Measuring base: 50 to 200 mm
Impact speed: 5.412 m/s
Linearity: better than ± 1%
Lifting device: by worm gear
Max. travel: 10 mm
B Overall dimensions (dxwxh):
The extensometer must be removed before 450x900x1350 mm
the specimen failure. A Weight approx.:
net 480 kg; shipping 540 kg
70-C0980
70-C0977
Cold bend testing machine 12 t cap.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
Power: 750 W
B Dimensions: 1500x665x1050 mm
A Weight approx.: 210 kg
Accessories
Main features - Can store in memory up to 50 tests - Built-in firmware for CBR, Marshall,
- Load and displacement control by clo- - RS 232 port to unload contemporaneously general load and displacement control-
sed loop logic to PC and printer led testing
- Two channel for load cells - Graphic display available in real time
- Two channel for displacement transducers - Extensive range of accessories and
- Large graphic display 128x240 pixel dedicated software packages available
CBR CEMENT
70-T0108/E
GENERAL NOTE
The list of required accessories follows each single test. As many items are in common with other tests we recommend to select
accessories on Table I to avoid duplications.
USING THE UNIFRAME 70-T0108/E FOR ROAD TESTING USING THE UNIFRAME 70-T0108/E
FOR SOIL TESTING
CBR: CALIFORNIA BEARING RATIO
Accessories requested
34-T0103/1
s82-P0375 82-P0375/C
Strain gauge load cell 50 kN cap. 82-P0370
70-T0108/E equipped for CBR test
34-T0103/10
s70-T0108/2 Connecting extension
70-T0108/2
s34-T0103/1
Adjustable CBR penetration piston
34-T0104/9
34-T0104/4
MARSHALL STABILITY
q STANDARD
pr EN 12697-34
ASTM D1559, BS 598, NF P98-251,
82-P0375/C
CNR No. 30 70-T0108/E equipped for Unconfined com-
34-T0103/10 pression test
82-P0375
QUICK TRIAXIAL
GENERAL NOTE
The list of required accessories follows each single test. As many items are in common with other tests we recommend to select
accessories on Table I to avoid duplications.
USING THE UNIFRAME 70-T0108/E FOR USING THE UNIFRAME 70-T0108/E FOR
ROCK AND BUILDING STONES TESTING CONCRETE, CEMENT AND MORTAR
TESTING
MODULUS OF RUPTURE FLEXURAL STRENGTH
OF NATURAL BUILDING STONES OF NATURAL BUILDING STONES
FLEXURAL TEST ON MORTAR
The test is performed under load pace control. The test is performed under load pace control. PRISMS 40X40X160 MM
q STANDARD q STANDARD: ASTM C 880 The test is performed under load pace control.
ASTM C99
Specific accessories
q STANDARD
EN 196, ASTM C348
Specific accessories
70-T0108/4
70-T0108/3 Flexure testing device for natural
building stones specimens
Flexure testing device for the 82-P0375/C
determination of the modulus of
Consisting of a lower beam with the two bea- 34-T0103/10
rupture of natural building stones
ring blocks and of an upper beam, with the 82-P0373
other two load applying blocks, which has to or P0375
Specifications be connected to the load cell. One of the two 70-T0108/2
Knife edges dimensions: upper blocks can be removed and the other
11 mm dia. x 150 mm placed in the middle for centre point loading 34-T0104/10
Distance between lower edges: which may be needed for other applications. 65-L0019/B
adjustable from 110 to 310 mm
Specifications
Weight approx.: 18 kg
Block length: 51 mm
Distance between upper blocks: 127 mm
Distance between lower blocks
Accessories requested
(span length): 254 mm
s82-P0375/C Connecting adapter Weight approx.: 6 kg
70-T0108/E equipped for flexural tests on
s82-P0370 Strain gauge load cell 2.5 mortar prisms
kN cap. (or as alternative 82-P0373, 10
kN cap. or 82-P0375, 50 kN cap.) Other accessories requested
70-T0108/4
82-P0375
Other accessories requested
70-T0108/E equipped for compression test
on mortar
TABLE I APPLICATIONS
Accessories
Code Description 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
82-P0370/T Strain gauge load cell 2.5 kN cap. for triax.
82-P0370 Strain gauge load cell 2.5 kN cap. (2) (2) (2) (2) (2)
82-P0373 Strain gauge load cell 10 kN cap. (2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
82-P0375 Strain gauge load cell 50 kN cap. (2) (2) (2) (2) (2)
70-T0108/2 Connecting extension load load cell/accessory
82-P0375/C Connecting adapter load cell/crosshead (4) (4)
34-T0103/10 Assembly comprising ball seating, guide
bracket, connecting cylinder and screws
34-T0103/1 Adjustable CBR penetration piston
34-T0104/10 Compression device
76-B0033 Stability mould ASTM/CNR
76-B0031/2(1) Stability mould BS/DIN
34-T0104/4 Upper and lower compression platen
34-T0104/9 Extension cylinder
34-T0104/3 Lower and upper compression platen with
spherical seat for uniaxial compression tests
65-L0019/B Flexure testing device for 40x40x160 mm
mortar prisms (EN)
65-L0019/C(3) Flexure testing device for 40x40x160 mm
mortar prisms (ASTM)
50-C9032 Compression device to test 50 mm (2”)
cubes or cylinders
70-T0108/1 Flexure testing device for centre point
loading on concrete beams, concrete and
clay tiles
70-T0108/3 Flexure testing device for the determination
of the modulus of rupture of natural
building stones. ASTM C99
70-T0108/4 Flexure testing device for natural building
stone specimens. ASTM C880
70-T0108/5 Load cell extension
70-T0108/6 Punching test device for clay block for flooring
70-T0108/7 Flexure testing device for soil-cement specimen
82-T1050 Suspension ball seat
KEY
Note
(1) As alternative to model 76-B33
(2) To be selected depending on the expected 1 CBR 7 Punching test
strength of specimens pr EN 12386-47, ASTM D1883, AASHTO UNI 9730-3
(3) As alternative to model 65-L19/B T193, BS 1337:4, NF P98-78, UNE 103-502
(4) Two pieces required
8 Modulus of rupture of stone
2 Marshall ASTM C99
pr EN 12697-34, ASTM D1559, BS 598,
NF P98-251-2 9 Flexure of stone
ASTM C880
3 Unconfined
ASTM D2166, BS 1377:7 10 Cement flexure
EN 196
4 Flexure strength soil-cement samples
ASTM D1635 11 Flexure on beams and tiles
EN 491-538, EN 12390-5, BS 1881, ASTM
5 Quick triaxial test C78 - C293, NF P18-407, UNE 83-305
BS 1377, ASTM D2850
12 Compression on low strength
6 Uniaxial mortar mixes
Compression - ASTM D2163 ASTM C109
q STANDARD
EN 491 (concrete tiles)
EN 538 (clay tiles)
UNI 9730-3 (clay block for flooring)
UNI 2107 (hollow tiles)
BS 6073:1 (flat blocks – appendix C)
70-C0005/A
Tiles and flat blocks, "Multiflex"
motor operated 50 kN cap. testing
machine. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
B Dimensions approx.:
632x555x1232 mm (lxwxh)
A Weight approx.: 110 kg
Accessories
70-C0005/A
s70-C0004/1 Upper and lower
bearers to test clay block for flooring
(UNI 9730-3). Bearers 20 mm dia.
x 300 mm long. Weight approx. 20 kg FLEXURE TEST ON CLAY BLOCK PORTION
q STANDARD
UNI 8942-3, 9730-3
70-C0002/A
Flexure testing device
A Weight approx.: 15 kg
TEST METHODS: Guidance on the test method is given in where some doubt may exist.
SOLUBLE BINDER CONTENT the following Table. Methods and equipment, other than those,
Although the apparatus specified for the including automated equipment, are per-
separation of mineral filler from the binder missible provided that it has been demon-
Introduction
solution obtained after extraction is of a strated that they provide the same results
This European standard describes a unified suitably efficient level not to affect the within the limits of the precision given in
approach to the examination of bitumi- precision of the test, a method for determi- the Standard.
nous mixtures that allows some divergence ning the amount of residual mineral matter
in the detail of procedures followed by is the Incineration method (pos. C of the
individual laboratories. table) for use in those particular cases
Hot extraction
Binder
extraction
n
Separation
of mineral
p
matter
o
Binder
quantity By difference
and soluble
bindent
content
C.1 75-B0165
Rotary evaporator
TEST METHODS: b) Separation of mineral matter from the 12697-14 (see page 330) or the sample
SOLUBLE BINDER CONTENT (CONTINUED) binder solution treated as in EN 12697-28.
c) Determination of binder quantity by dif-
ference or binder recovery and calcula- All test procedures and associated equip-
General description and specifications
tion of soluble binder content. ment relating to each basic operation
The test method for determining the binder shown on Table Å are equally acceptable.
The sequence of operations and choice of
content of a test portion of bituminous Other equipment and procedures, including
test procedures to be followed are illustra-
mixture, normally comprises the following non-extraction methods, can also be used.
ted in the Table 1.
basic operations, which are shown in the There are documented data to show that
Table 1: If it is suspected that water is present in the the method and equipment will provide
laboratory sample, it should be dried to results with a precision no worse than that
a) Binder extraction by dissolving in a hot constant mass or the water content may be of one of the procedures explicitly shown
or cold solvent determined by the method described in EN in Table 1.
Cold extraction
B.1.6
Agitation
(suitable containers)
B.2.3 B.2.4
Bucket centrifuge Bucket centrifuge
type 1 type 2
B.3.2
Recovery of binder
portion,
mass calculation
(by general
laboratory apparatus)
B.3.1 75-B0025/A
Binder recovery apparatus
75-B0018/C
q STANDARD
ASTM D2172, AASHTO T164-B
Accessories for both models
General description
s10-D1402
Hot plate 230 V, 50-60 Hz
Used for the quantitative determination of
bitumen in hot-mixed paving mixtures and s86-D1441 Heat resistant wire
pavement samples. The bitumen content is mesh
calculated by difference from the weight of s75-B0013/4 Filter paper 300 mm
dia. Pack of 50
extracted aggregates, moisture content 75-B0011 with 75-B0011/2 and 75-B0011/3
and ash from an aliquot part of the extract. s75-B0014/4 Filter paper 400 mm
The apparatus consists of two wire mesh dia. Pack of 50 General description and specifications
cones with interlocking frames, a cylindri-
cal glass jar and a water condenser with Used to extract the bitumen from asphalt
inlet/outlet tubes. for binder determination either directly or
by difference. Compact bench mounted
Spare parts for Reflux extractors machine, designed to rotate any size com-
bination of two bottles simultaneously
for 75-B0013/A for 75-B0014/A along their longitudinal axis.
sCode Weight (kg) sCode Weight (kg)
Bottle rotating speed: 30 r.p.m.
Spare glass jar 75-B0013/1 2.5 75-B0014/1 5
Spare stainless 75-B0013/2 0.2 75-B0014/2 0.4 Power: 180 W
steel wire mesh cone
B Overall dimensions:
Spare brass condenser 75-B0013/3 0.5 75-B0014/3 1
170x600x350 mm (hxwxd)
A Weight approx.: 22 kg
Accessories
CENTRIFUGE EXTRACTORS
(FILTER PAPER) 1500 AND 3000 G CAP. Main features
- Speed control up to 3600 r.p.m. at 50 or 60 Hz by AC drive (inverter)
- Electric brake
q STANDARD - Stable and silent all over the test
EN 12697-1 clause B.1.5 - Electronic control and digital display
ASTM D2172, AASHTO T164A - CE version available with electromagnetic arrangement to prevent the opening of cover
during rotation
- Explosion proof option
General description and specifications - Supplied complete with 100 filter discs
75-B0022/2, 75-B0022/1
Accessories
75-B2222
1500 g cap. centrifuge extractor,
explosion proof version. Speed con-
trol up to 3600 r.p.m.
220-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
75-B2322
3000 g cap. centrifuge extractor,
explosion proof version. Speed con-
trol up to 3600 r.p.m.
220-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Testing equipment for the construction industry 333
75 Analysis of bituminous mixtures
Binder extraction and separation of mineral matter (continued) ASPHALT
75-B0005/A
Automatic extraction unit.
380 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph.
75-B0005
Automatic extraction unit with set
of sieves. 380 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph.
Spare parts
Specifications
75-B0024/A 75-B0024/B
Quantity of filler extracted per test (g) 50-100 400
Cup dimensions (mm) Ø 70x190 Ø 122x211
Max. speed (r.p.m.) 11000 11000
Power (W) 550 1000
Sieves supplied (mm op.) 0.075 - 0.149 0.075 - 0.25 - 0.71 - 2
Overall dimensions (lxwxh) mm 500x370x850 560x640x1200
Weight approx. (kg) 55 100
Testing equipment for the construction industry 335
75 Analysis of bituminous mixtures
Asphalt binder analysis - Ignition method ASPHALT
B Overall dimensions:
120 mm height x 330 mm dia.
A Weight approx.: 25 kg
Spare parts
10-D1418
Accessories
s86-D1169
Silica evaporating dish
dia 100x25 mm
s86-D1455
Stainless steel oven tongs
75-B0017
BINDER RECOVERY BY D5404 and AASHTO TP2 are available upon RECOVERY OF BINDER
ROTARY EVAPORATION request. Supplied complete with 1000 ml BY ABSON METHOD
distillation flask.
q STANDARD q STANDARD
EN 12697-1, 12697-3 and ASTM A Weight approx.: 27 kg ASTM D1856, CNR No. 133
D5404, AASHTO TP2
75-B0026
To recover bitumen from a solvent to ensu- Distillation assembly for recovery of
Accessories
re that changes in the asphalt properties binder from solution by Abson
are minimised. method. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
s75-B0165/2 2000 ml distillation
flask (preferred by ASTM D5404)
75-B0026/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
BINDER RECOVERY BY
VACUUM PUMP METHOD
q STANDARD
EN 12697-1 clause B.3.1, BS 598:102
75-B0025/A
Binder recovery apparatus, power
vacuum pump method.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
75-B0165
General description and specifications
75-B0165 Used to remove the solvent from the bin-
Rotary evaporation apparatus. der/solvent solution in order to determine
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. directly the total content binder in the
75-B0026
aggregate/binder mixtures.
75-B0165/Z This apparatus consists of a power opera-
General description and specifications
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph. ted vacuum pump producing a vacuum
down to 200 mbar, a thermostatically con-
Used for recovering the asphalt from a
trolled water bath and two flat-bottomed
solution of a previous extraction. The
General description and specifications flasks 250 ml cap. with rubber bungs and
asphalt is recovered with properties sub-
tube. All necessary fittings and connections
The solution of solvent and asphalt from a stantially the same as those it possessed in
complete the set. Power 1000 W approx.
prior extraction is distilled by partially the bituminous mixture and in quantities
sufficient for further testing.
immersing the rotating distillation flask of
the rotary evaporator apparatus in a hea-
A Weight approx.: 23 kg
ted oil bath while the solution is subjected
to high vacuum with fine regulation of
pressure (up to ±0.1 kPa) according to EN
12697-3 or to partial vacuum and flow of
nitrogen gas according to ASTM D5404 and
AASHTO TP2. The recovered asphalt can
then be subjected to further testing as
required.
The rotary evaporator is equipped with a
distillation flask, a variable speed motor
capable of rotating the distillation flask at
a rate adjustable from 20 to 270 r.p.m.,
condenser, solvent recovery flask, and hea-
ted oil bath. The angle of the distillation
flask from the horizontal to the bath is set
at approximately 15°. The requested acces-
sory equipment for high vacuum with fine
regulation to EN 12697-3 or for partial
vacuum with nitrogen gas supply to ASTM 75-B0025/A
75-B0027/A Warning
Solvent recovery unit 10 l/h.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. The extraction methods of the EN 12697-1
often require toxic solvent (e.g. methylene
chloride). This solvent is hazardous to
General description and specifications
health and is subject to occupational expo-
sure limits as described in relevant legisla-
Used to recover the solvent liquid after its
tion and regulations. The use of suitable
use for binder extraction tests. This unit has
Fume Exhaust Cupboard is recommended.
been designed to recover non-flammable
solvents and consists of two stainless steel
86-D3520
chambers, one for the dirty solvent and the
other for the cleaned solvent. An electric Fume exhaust cupboard 1.52 m
heater in the left-hand chamber distils the with aspirator. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
solvent, which then passes through a water
cooling system and drops into the second General description and specifications
chamber ready for re-use in a new test.
Once the process is completed a tempera- Featuring a particular assembling metal
ture switch automatically stops the heating frame that can be easily dismantled. Front
elements. Supplied complete with 10 m and rear uprights are made of aluminium
plastic tube, tube clamps, sieve insert 0.6 draw pieces, chromium treated and painted 86-D3520
mm opening and one lid. with epoxy resins, acid and solvent resi-
stant. Front upright shape is designed at a
45° angle section, for preventing any rever- n o t e
Max. temperature: 150°C
sal airflow and the generation of air whirls. This cupboard can also be fitted with other
Power: 1200 W
facilities such as cold-water taps, methane
B Overall dimensions: gas tap, fluid supplies, drain systems and
Waterproof illumination system
400x320x650 mm electric installation. Please specify your
A Weight approx.: 17 kg Box type positioned out of the working need for a complete proposal.
area of the cupboard. Featuring a – 1x20
W-power – safety scattering crystal, with a
light intensity of 400 lux on the worktop
(DIN 5035 Part 1).
Worktop
Under-frame cupboards
Electric aspirator
86-D3520 Detail of electric aspirator
Included.
B Overall dimensions:
1520x910x2500 (h) mm
A Weight approx.: 380 kg
75-B0027/A
n o t e
The 15-D0407/B vibrodeaerator can also be
used as a sieve shaker. See page 35.
75-D1123/B, 75-D1124/B
Accessories
A Weight approx.: 7 kg
DETERMINATION OF THE AFFINITY BINDER DRAINAGE FROM POROUS ASPHALT TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT
BETWEEN AGGREGATE AND BITUMEN ASPHALT. BASKET METHOD
q STANDARD
q STANDARD q STANDARD EN 12697-13
EN 12697-11 pr EN 12697-18
82-D1229
This test covers the determination of the This test is performed for determining bin- Digital thermometer range
affinity between aggregate and bitumen, der drainage of bituminous mixtures, for -50 +950°C
expressed by visual registration of the estimating the binder drainage for diffe-
degree of bitumen coverage on uncompac- rent binder content and to evaluate the The meter is supplied without probes,
ted bitumen-coated mineral aggregate effect of varying the fine aggregate or which have to be selected and ordered
particles after influence of mechanical stir- anti-draining additive content. separately. See accessories.
ring action in the presence of water. For more information see page 410.
Specific apparatus
Specific apparatus
75-B0019/A
75-B0011/A Accessories
Drainage basket 100x100x100 mm,
Bottle rolling machine. stainless steel perforated plate
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. 3 mm dia., with feet.
s82-D1229/1
Penetration probe 120 mm long
Weight: 360 g approx.
Capable of rolling 3 test bottles 75- s82-D1229/2 Surface probe
B0011/A1 at the same time. Adjustable
rotating speed up to 60 r.p.m. s82-D1229/3 Air probe
s82-D1229/5 Penetration probe
B Dimensions:
220 mm long
380x300x160 mm (wxdxh) s82-D1229/6
A Weight approx.: 10 kg T bar probe 660 mm long to BS 594
s82-D1229/7
Sward probe 500 mm long
75-B0019/A, 75-B0019/B s82-D1229/8
K type thermocouple 5 m long
EN 12697-10
76-B4312
Introduction EN Impact (Marshall) automatic
compactor. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
This European Standard
describes three test methods for The apparatus automatically compacts the
characterising the compactability of sample and stops after the preset number
a bituminous mix, by the relation of blows. The mould is held in position by a
between its density or voids content quick clamping device. The trip mechanism
is arranged so that the sliding hammer falls
and the compaction energy applied
at the same distance for every blow.
to it, using an impact (Marshall) The compactor includes the laminate
compactor, gyratory compactor, or hardwood block and vibrated concrete base
a vibratory compactor. 450x450x200 mm. The soundproof and
This European Standard security cabinet is not included and should Detail of the rammer handling operation.
The fast locking system allows easy maintenan-
applies to hot mix asphalt with D be ordered separately and factory installed. ce operation, and the removable handle makes
not larger than 31.5 mm for the See code 76-B4200/XUP. the rammer changing operation
impact and gyratory compactors, very fast and made by one person only
and 40 mm for the vibratory com- General specifications
pactor.
Sliding mass weight: 4550 ± 20 g n o t e
Foot and guide rod weight: 3960 ± 20 g Main changes and differences compa-
Free fall height: 460 ± 3 mm red with the ASTM D1559, AASHTO
T245, and BS 598 standards
Blows frequency:
50 blows in 55/60 s The new EN standard concerning the
Laminated hardwood block Impact Compactor with wooden pedestal
- Dimensions: 200x200x450 mm (clause 4.2) substantially differs from the
- Density: 670 to 770 kg/m3 ASTM D1559 and AASHTO T245 in the fol-
Concrete base: lowing construction major details:
- 450x450x200 mm included
Power rating: 600 W - Total weight of the rammer (sliding
mass: 4550 ± 20 g plus cylindrical
Current specs.: 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. guide rod and foot: 3960 ± 20 g) of
B Overall dimensions (including 8510 ± 40 g instead of 7850 ± 9 g
hardwood block and concrete base): - Wooden pedestal and fixation system
540x556x2066 mm - Blows frequency: 50 blows within 55 s
A Total weight (including concrete to 60 s (not specified by ASTM/AASHTO
block): 270 kg approx. and lower than BS 598: 60 ± 5 per
minute)
- Device for the measurement of the spe-
cimen thickness during compaction
(code 76-B4300/UP1)
- Concrete block 450x450x200 mm
- Mould assembly dimensions and shape.
76-B4300/UP1
Electronic compressibility apparatus
for 76-B4312 compactor
Detail of 76-B4300/UP1
76-B0043/4
Main features
(standard and research versions)
GYRATORY COMPACTORS
SERIES (CONTINUED)
The machines are supplied complete with height calibration tool, control program, air
hose, metal stand (76-B0251 only) and operating instructions. Test moulds, mechanical
extruder and air compressor have to be ordered separately (see accessories). PC is not
supplied. Pentium model with RS 232 port is recommended.
(1) SHRP recommendation ask for 1000 kPa max. load that is never used in practice.
The new EN draft requires 600 kPa approx. A bigger actuator is however available on
request.
76-B0252 with 76-B0252/14, and 76-B0250/2
Final display of a gyratory test. When using the 76-B0251 Gyratory research version it is
possible to measure in real time the shear resistance as shown in the graph on the right
Accessories
s76-B0250/11
Vertical force testing device
76-B0250/7,
76-B0250/1,
76-B0250/2,
76-B0250/3
GYRATORY COMPACTORS.
MEASUREMENT OF INTERNAL ANGLE PATENT PENDING
- Summary print of measurement is automated with a PC
- Quick and accurate measurement: less than 30 minutes
Introduction - No hot mix asphalt required
- Fits to any make gyratory compactor
- No height extrapolation needed
The importance of a precise gyratory angle - Reproducibility is in 0.01°Class, fitting to all standards
has been widely noted. The measurement
of the internal angle represents, in practice,
the most accurate method of calibration.
This method comprises two individual
values:
- Angle between cylinder and top plate
and
- Angle between cylinder and bottom
plate.
The average of these two values is taken as
the “internal angle”. To date the angle cali-
bration of gyratory compactors has been
considered a difficult task leading to wide
variations in results even between machi-
nes of the same brand.
The 76-B0255 ILS calibration device fully
satisfies the verifications requirements to
measure the internal angle. It can also be
used on any makes of gyratory compactors.
76-B0255
ILS Internal Angle 76-B0255
Measurement apparatus
General description
and operating principle
B Overall dimensions:
150 mm dia. x 115 mm Test result of the verification of the internal
A Weight approx.: 5.6 kg
angle of a gyratory compactor using the
76-B0255 ILS Unit and the Macro Windows®
based software
348 Testing equipment for the construction industry
Design and testing of bituminous mixtures 76
ASPHALT Vibratory compactor
VIBRATORY COMPACTOR
q STANDARD
EN 12697-9,
EN 12697-10, 12697-32
WATER SENSITIVITY
INDIRECT TENSILE STRENGTH Main features
MARSHALL TEST - 50 kN capacity
- Large digital graphic display with real
time graph
q STANDARD - High resolution: 130000 points
EN 12697-12 Determination of water - Large permanent memory
- RS 232 port for connection to PC at
sensitivity of bituminous specimens 38400 baud
EN 12697-23 Determination of the - Language selection: English, French,
indirect tensile strength of bituminous spe- Spanish, German, and Italian
- Software package available for data
cimens processing and print including data-
pr EN 12697-34 Marshall test base
Introduction
Hardware specifications
Firmware
76-B0078/C2
Pair of loading strips for 160 mm
dia. samples. To be used with
76-B0078/C device
WATER BATHS
Options
76-S0100/C1
The above standards are very similar to the Marshall standard compression frames
new pr EN 12697-34 (see page 350).
The major changes concern: 76-B0030/A
- The compression tester must be fitted 50 kN Marshall compression frame
with recorder to produce a complete complete with 30 kN load ring.
graph. For this reason the 76-B0038/CB
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
model complete with software only
complies to pr EN and to the other stan- 76-B0030/AZ
dards. Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
- The design of moulds and clamping
system of the Marshall compactor. 76-B0030/AY
A full range of equipment for carrying out Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
testing procedures for Marshall specimens
is listed on the following pages. General description and specifications 76-B0038/CB Digital Marshall Tester with
76-B0033. The Digimax Plus display unit is part
A bench mounted compression frame with of the machine
motor and worm gear housed within the
base unit. A limit switch is provided for the
bottom limit of travel. A handle is provided
Accessories
for manual operation during calibration
etc. The machine is supplied complete with
load ring 30 kN cap. incorporating stem s76-B0033 Stability mould,
EN/ASTM/CNR or alternatively
brake feature to hold the maximum rea-
ding. For testing 6” (152.4 mm) dia. speci- s76-B0031/2 Stability mould,
mens the 82-T1009/F 50 kN load ring BS/DIN
should be used instead of the 30 kN fitted
on the machine. (See accessories) s76-B0034 Flow meter (for 76-
B0030/A only)
The stability mould and flow meter have to
be ordered separately. (See accessories)
Accessories for 6” dia. specimens.
Platen speed: 50.8 mm/min ASTM D5581
Capacity: 50 kN
Motor: 736 W s76-B0033/C Stability mould for
6” (152.4 mm) dia. specimens.
B Approx. dimensions: Weight approx. 11.8 kg
1028x392x560 mm (hxlxd)
s82-T1009/F Load ring 50 kN cap.
A Weight approx.: with stem brake. Weight approx. 3.9
net 85 kg kg (for 76-B0030/A only)
76-B0038/CB
50 kN digital Marshall tester.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
76-B0038/CBZ
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
82-P0336/D
MARSHALL STABILITY.
SPECIMEN COMPACTION Main features
- Automatic control
- Complete protection for operator safety (CE)
q STANDARD - Digital touch button console
- Improved rammer lifting device,
ASTM D1559, AASHTO T245, NF P98-251-2, constant height fall
CNR No. 30, ASTM D5581 (6” dia. speci- - User-friendly rammer replacement system
mens) - New mould locking system
- Modern and reliable design to ensure
long working life
Automatic compactors. - Noise-reduction cabinet available
General description and specifications
76-B4212
ASTM/AASHTO Marshall automatic
compactor. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
76-B4214
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
76-B4213
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
76-B0057/A
Standard compaction mould
16-T0080
s76-B0057/A1 Baseplate
s76-B0057/A2 Mould body
s76-B0057/A3 Filling collar.
Each item can be ordered separately.
76-B0058/A
76-B0056/A
LABORATORY MIXERS
16-L0005/B
Laboratory mixer 5 litres capacity.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
16-B0072
16-B0072
Laboratory mixer 10 litres capacity.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
16-B0075
Laboratory mixer 20 litres capacity.
380 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph.
16-L0005/B 16-B0075
16-B0072/HM, 16-L0005/HM
LABORATORY MIXER
HEAVY-DUTY AUTOMATIC MODEL Main features
- 30 l capacity
- Temperature control by diathermic oil
q STANDARD - Speed adjustment
pr EN 12697-35 - Double helical mixing motion
76-B0077
BITUMIX, Automatic laboratory
mixer 30 litres capacity.
230-400 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph.
General description
WATER BATHS
q STANDARD
pr EN 12697-34 - ASTM D1559, D5581
- AASHTO T245
76-B0066/A 76-B0067/A
Digital water bath. Large digital water bath.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
76-B0066/AZ 76-B0067/AZ
Digital water bath. Large digital water bath.
110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph. 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
76-B0066/B 76-B0067/B
Digital circulating water bath. Large digital circulating water bath.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
76-B0066/BZ 76-B0067/BZ
Digital circulating water bath. Large digital circulating water bath.
110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph. 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
STIFFNESS PROPERTIES
OF BITUMINOUS MIXTURES Features
- Easy to maintain pneumatic loading system
- Easy to set up
New testing procedures, which implement - User-friendly Windows„ software
the existing ASTM methods have been uti- - Rapid test throughput
lised to determine the stiffness properties - Test 100 mm and 150 mm dia. specimens
of bituminous mixtures. New EN specifica- - Road cores or moulded test specimens
- Calibration traceable to National Standards
tions now cover these important determi- - User support by telephone, fax or e-mail
nations too. We propose two different - Frequency range up to 5 Hz
testing systems: the asphalt testing system
for static and dynamic tests 77-B0300 and
the servo-pneumatic testing system
77-B0310/A capable of applying a sinusoi-
dal dynamic strain with range of frequen-
cies up to 50 Hz.
77-B0300
Asphalt testing system for static
and dynamic tests, 6 kN cap.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
To perform:
- creep
- Dynamic creep
- Indirect tensile fatigue.
B Overall dimensions:
850x350x320 mm (hxwxd)
A Weight approx.: 44 kg
TEST MODULES FOR USE WITH 77-B0300 ASPHALT TESTING SYSTEM AND 77-B0310/A SERVOPNEUMATIC TESTING SYSTEM (SEE NEXT PAGE)
The above testing systems are the basic unit to perform, with the relevant test module, the three tests described on this page.
These modules have to be completed by other general purpose accessories like the temperature-controlled enclosure 77-B0319 and the
77-B0315 air compressor. For a complete information see buyers guide on page 366.
77-B0311
77-B0301 77-B0303
n o t e Accessories
Vacuum triaxial test conforming to
pr EN 12697-25 available on request. s77-B0300/5 LVDT displacement
transducer, 10 mm range (No. 2 nee-
ded to perform the test)
Note. These transducers are not nee-
ded when using the 77-B0310/A
Servo-pneumatic system.
SERVO-PNEUMATIC TESTING SYSTEM suitable testing module. ding of data from all the transducers invol-
14 KN CAPACITY FOR STATIC Other static and dynamic tests can also be ved in the tests. The unit comprises:
AND DYNAMIC TESTS performed as described on pages 363 using - The servo valve and solenoid valve dri-
the 77-B0310/A Testing system instead of ving system
77-B0310/A the 77-B0300 Asphalt testing system. - Two D/A channels to control axial load
Servo-pneumatic asphalt testing and axial strain
General description and specifications - PC with the I/O card installed on the
system 14 kN capacity for static
mother board
and dynamic tests. Frame - Frequency range up to 50 Hz.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. Two high stability threaded columns frame
with upper crosshead beam, adjustable in hei- TEST MODULES FOR USE WITH
Introduction ght. The crosshead beams supports the double 77-B0310/A SERVO-PNEUMATIC
acting actuator to apply the axial load either in TESTING SYSTEM
The dynamic tests for road materials are static or dynamic conditions with controlled
performed to evaluate the resilient modu- rate of stress or controlled rate of strain. The Introduction
lus of pavement materials. This parameter actuator includes a LVDT transducer ± 25 mm
is widely used to provide a basic relation- The above testing system is the basic unit
travel, ± 0.25% linearity.
ship between stress and strain for the to perform, with the relevant test modules,
structural analysis of layered pavement the two tests described on this page, plus
Pneumatic control panel
systems. Our system can be used for both the other three tests:
Comprising: valves, air regulators, pressure tran-
Dynamic Triaxial Testing or unbound mate- - Indirect tensile stiffness (77-B0301)
sducer, filters, air accumulator, connections, etc.
rials conforming to AASHTO TP46/96 and - Permanent deformation (uniaxial creep) -
Dynamic Tension/Compression tests on (77-B0303)
Control unit and interface card
bituminous mixes conforming to AASHTO - Indirect tensile fatigue (77-B0311)
16-bit resolution A/D interface, 6 A/D
TP8/94, completing the machine with the described on page 363.
channels capacity for simultaneous recor-
These modules have to be completed by
other general purpose accessories like the
temperature controlled enclosure
- Load frequency up to 50 Hz 77-B0319 and the 77-B0315 air compressor.
- Load up to ± 14 kN
- For specimens up to 100 mm dia. For a complete information see buyers
- 6 channels data acquisition guide on page 366.
- Closed loop strain and stress control
- Graphics in real time
- Easy software management 4 POINTS BEAM FATIGUE TEST
- Conforming to AASHTO TP46/96
- Also usable for performing fatigue, stiff-
ness, dynamic creep, static creep tests,
q STANDARD
etc., on bituminous mixtures conforming pr EN 12697-24, AASHTO TP8/94
to the pr EN and SHRP standards with
the suitable accessories
77-B0312
4 point bending test window
Beam fatigue module
77-B0312
Including:
- Test software
- Cradle assembly and clamps for
50.8x63.5x318 mm specimens
- Dummy PVC specimen
- One 5.0 mm range LVDT displacement
transducers for controlled strain or con-
trolled stress 4-point bending beam fati-
gue tests.
77-B0310/A with test module 77-B0312. The test procedure, software data recording and print is confor- A Weight approx.: 12 kg
ming to the AASHTO TP46/96. The new version of the test module 77-B0322 is shown on next page.
Couple of LVDT
transducers with
holder
Submersible
strain gauge load
cell
Triaxial cell
Accessories q STANDARD
BS - DD ABF
s77-B0319 Temperature-control-
led enclosure, -10°C to 60°C range,
± 0.5°C accuracy. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. s77-B0300 Asphalt tensile system or as
alternative
Other supplies available on order.
- Total power (refrigeration s77-B0310/A Servo-pneumatic asphalt
and heating): 2100 W testing system
- Exterior size: 2000x850x710
mm (hxwxd) s77-B0311 Indirect tensile fatigue
modulus
- Weight approx.: 180 kg
s77-B0300/5 LVDT displacement tran-
s77-B0315 Air compressor sducers, 10 mm range (No. 2 needed when
- Power: 4100 W using 77-B0300 testing system - not
- Air displacement: 650 l/min 77-B0300/10 necessary with 77-B0310/A system)
- Pressure max.: 11 bar
- Voltage: 400 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph. s77-B0319
Temperature controlled enclosure
- Dimensions: 1100x730x830 mm BUYERS GUIDE
- Weight approx.: 205 kg s77-B0315
Indirect tensile stiffness Air compressor (or equivalent)
s77-B0300/10 Steel check ring for
routine check of load cell and defor- q STANDARD
mation transducers. Supplied with 4 Point beam fatigue test
calibration certificate. Weight pr EN 12697-26
approx. 7.2 kg
List of equipment to perform the test.
q STANDARD
s77-B0300/11 Torque screwdriver. AASHTO TP8/94
To check the proper clamping of
indirect test modulus to the speci- s77-B0300 Asphalt tensile system
men. Weight approx. 0.5 kg s77-B0310/A Servo-pneumatic asphalt
or as alternative testing system
Max. load: 5 kN
Load transducer: ±5 kN
Piston stroke: ±5 mm (10 mm total stroke)
Piston frequency: static to 100 Hz
Data acquisition: Adwin DSP Controller
B Dimensions (wxdxh):
440x160x550 mm
A Weight: 30 kg
This apparatus is proposed as alternative to
the 77-B0310/A system plus the 77-B0312
77-B0330
beam fatigue module when it is only deter-
mination to be performed.
77-B0360 77-B0360
Roller compactor "ROLLERCOMP".
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
Accessories and spares
General description and specifications
s77-B0360/1 305x305x50 mm
deep ROLLERCOMP and wheel
The ROLLERCOMP provides a pneumatical- tracker mould
ly powered means of compacting slabs of
asphaltic material in the laboratory under s77-B0360/2 305x305x75 mm
deep ROLLERCOMP and wheel
conditions, which simulate in-situ compac- tracker mould
tion.
Different levels of vertical force can be s77-B0360/3 305x305x100 mm
selected up to approximately 30 kN. As the deep ROLLERCOMP and wheel
width of the roller is 300 mm, the compac- 77-B0360 Detail
tracker mould
tive effort of the largest static site roller
can be reproduced. The ROLLERCOMP requires a supply of
Slabs produced measure 305 mm by 305 clean and dry air at 7 bar and 150 l/min
mm and from 50 mm to 100 mm thick. and a 230 V AC supply.
The precise depth of a slab can be preset The apparatus comprises:
enabling the user to compact a certain - Steel framed roller compactor with roller
mass of material to a selected volume thus segment, reciprocating mould support
providing a target mix density. table, pneumatic actuators for reciproca-
The ROLLERCOMP is contained within a ting table and applying compaction force
safety enclosure with mesh panels and - 4 pressure regulators for setting levels of
doors. compaction force
- PLC controller for compaction start,
emergency stop, automatic selection of 4
compaction forces and number of roller
passes.
B Overall dimensions:
1400x1900x900 mm (hxwxd)
A Weight approx.: 500 kg
q STANDARD
EN 12697-23, CNR No. 134
Introduction
77-B0078/A
Tensile splitting device for speci-
mens up to 150 mm dia.
Sample sizes: 100, 125 and 150 mm dia. Accessories to perform the splitting tensile test
Maximum load: 50 kN
Code Description
Linearity of transducers: 0.025%
B Overall dimensions: 77-B0078/A Tensile splitting device
250x160x220 mm 77-B0078/1 Compression device with transducer holders
A Weight approx.: 20 kg 82-P0330/B Linear transducer 10 mm travel. Two required
82-P0375 Strain gauge load cell 50 kN cap.
82-P0375/C Connecting adapter load cell/crosshead
n o t e 34-T0108/2 Connecting extension load load cell/accessory
The PC is not included in the apparatus. 34-T0103/10 Assembly comprising ball seating, guide bracket,
connecting cylinder and screws
34-T0104/10 Adapter load cell/splitting device
82-Q0806/C Digimax Plus 6 channels digital display unit for CBR,
Marshall and Indirect tensile tests. Software not included
76-S0105 Indirect tensile test software for bituminous specimens
76-S0100/KEY Protection key for connection to PC
Note. For more information on the 34-T0107 machine see page 120.
I m p o r t a n t n o t e 10-D1428/A
To perform the compression test please Climatic chamber temperature Accessories
refer to the Multiensayo tester described range –25 +60°C, humidity range
on page 300. from 10 to 95%. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. s10-D1428/1 RS 232 serial output
for temperature transmission of data
Used to condition the Duriez specimens. s10-D1428/A1 RS 232 serial output
for humidity transmission of data
General description and specifications
10-D1428/A
s86-D0805/G Wax. 10 kg
s82-D1654 Vernier caliper
80-B0093
10-D1403
80-B0163/1
Cube mould 70.7 mm
To prepare bituminous specimens. Easily
detachable. Made from aluminium.
80-B0163/2 n o t e
Penetration test mould 69 mm Conforming to the CE directive, the machi-
(adjustable mould) ne should be housed in a soundproof and
protection cabinet. Our standard model can
Used during the penetration test for the be upgraded for this requirement by the
cube. 48-D0500/XUP Soundproof and protection
cabinet, which has to be specified at time
A Weight approx.: 1.4 kg of order and factory installed. See
48-D0500/D
Upgrading options.
n o t e Core bits Core dia. (mm) Weight approx. (kg) Core extractor
For universal and electric core drilling
machines see page 416. 83-C0320 50 2.2 83-C0310/2
83-C0321 75 2.8 83-C0311/2
83-C0322 100 3.7 83-C0312/2
83-C0323 150 5.4 83-C0313/2
83-C0324 200 7.5 83-C0314/2
s80-B0193/10
Square mould 140x140x6.3 mm
s80-B0193/11
Square mould 140x140x10 mm
s80-B0193/12
Square mould 200x200x13 mm
s80-B0193/13
80-B0192 Square mould 250x250x19 mm
A Weight approx.: 40 kg
Spare parts
80-B0178/A
80-B0197
48-B0190
Skid resistance and friction tester
(Skid Tester)
complete with:
- Additional scale for tests on Polished
Stone Value specimens.
- 6 rubber sliders for site use, complete
with conformity certificate.
- Thermometer –10 ÷ +110°C, for surface
temperature measurement.
- 1 litre washing bottle, for surface wetting.
- Tool set with case, for machine assembly.
- Rule for sliding length verification.
- Carrying case.
- Calibration certificate conforming to EN
1097-8 issued by Controls.
B Case dimensions:
790x760x320 mm
A Weight approx. (including case):
34 kg
NF P98 216-1
EN 13036-1 s80-B0187/2
Pack of 10 charts. Each chart roll will
s80-B0179/5 Solid glass spheres provide a run of approx. 1 km
250/180 µm. Pack of 5 kg
s80-B0187/3
Spare parts Fibre-tipped pen for 80-B0187/A
80-B0179
s80-B0179/30
Measuring cylinder, brass
s80-B0179/31 Spreader disc,
covered by rubber
q STANDARD
CNR No. 141, AASHTO T256-77,
NF P98-200-2
80-B0180
Benkelman beam apparatus
80-B0180
General description and specifications
80-B0180/3
Calibration device for 80-B0180
Benkelman beam apparatus
A Weight approx.: 5 kg
80-B0180/B1, 80-B0180/B2,
80-B0180/B3 and 80-B0180/B4
COEFFICIENT OF RETROREFLECTION
- Measurement of traffic signs according
q STANDARD to ASTM E1709 and DIN 67520
- Traffic sign inventory
EN 12899, EN 1150
DIN 67520, ASTM E1709, NF P98 527
80-B0196
Traffic signs retroreflectometer
General description
Technical specifications
Available with the following measuring geometries:
Measuring range: R’ = 0 ... 200 cd · m-2 · lx-1 and R’ = 0 ... 2000 cd · m-2 · lx-1
Light source: current regulated halogen light bulb
Sensor: spectral evaluation according to V (λ)
Power supply: eight integrated NiCd accumulators
B Dimensions 280x85x250 mm (lxwxh), including handle,
A Weight approx.: 1900 g
n o t e
GPS, telescopic arm, remote display and Barcode
reader available on request.
81-B0100/B s82-B0125/2
EN Thermometer +19 to 27°C range,
Standard penetrometer with 0.1°C graduation - ASTM 17C
micrometer vertical adjustment
s82-B0122/4
EN Thermometer -8 to +32°C range,
81-B0101/B 0.1°C graduation - ASTM 63C
Standard penetrometer with auto-
matic controller and micrometer s81-B0109
Glass transfer dish with support.
vertical adjustment. 100 mm dia., 75 mm high
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
s81-B0110/A
Sample cup, dia. 55x35 mm. Set of 6
81-B0101/BZ
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph. s81-B0110/B
Sample cup, dia. 70x45 mm. Set of 6
81-B0010
General description and specifications s81-B0113
Penetrometer needle. Weight 2.5 g
Used to obtain bitumen or oil samples from Cast iron base with levelling screws, 5 inch
dial, 1/10 mm division – Release button – s81-B0113/1
various levels. Made from brass. Verified penetrometer needle.
Automatic zeroing. Complete with the test certificate of
B Dimensions: Models 81-B0101/B and 81-B0101/BZ are the National Physical Laboratory
80 mm dia. x 250 mm long supplied complete with automatic control-
s81-B0115 Standard penetration
A Weight approx.: 1.5 kg
ler, which automatically releases the plun-
ger by a magnetic device.
cone. Conforms to ASTM D217
Models 81-B0100/B, 81-B0101/B, and 81-
B0101/BZ are fitted with a micrometer ver-
BITUMEN PREPARATION
tical adjustment device. Needles and cups
81-B0099/B are not part of the apparatus and have to
be ordered separately. See accessories.
Air bath. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
A Weight approx.: 8.5 kg
Used for softening bituminous materials
before tests. The stainless steel vessel can
receive up to 600 g of bitumen. Built-in
thermoregulator. Heat protection.
Power: 600 W
B Dimensions: 170x230x300 mm
A Weight approx.: 3 kg
AUTOMATIC PENETRATION OF tor mounted on flexible arms. WATER BATH FOR PENETRATION TESTS
BITUMINOUS MATERIALS Supplied complete with 2.5 g standard
needle, needle holder, 50 g weight and 10 81-B0102/B
q STANDARD penetration tins 55x35 mm Thermostatically controlled digital
EN 1426, ASTM D5, AASHTO T 49 circulation water bath for penetra-
B Overall dimensions: tion tests. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
81-B0103/A 260x320x540 mm
Electronic automatic penetrometer. A Weight approx.: 23 kg General description and specifications
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Provides water at the required temperature
(25 ± 0.1°C). The apparatus consists of a
General description and specifications
water bath fitted with heater, digital ther-
A compact instrument using the latest moregulator and recirculating pump.
technologies and programmation tools: Spare parts and accessories Supplied complete with dish, cooling coil
motorised mobile head, digital keyboard, 51 (current water operated), rubber connec-
family microprocessor, LCD alphanumeric s81-B0103/1 ting hoses and couplings.
Standard needle 2.5 g ± 0.05 g
display.
During the test, depth penetration is per- s81-B0103/2 Power: 200 W
manently displayed both in units and tenth Needle holder 47.5 g ± 0.05 g B Overall dimensions:
of units (0.01 mm). An optoelectronic 330x360x390 mm
s81-B0103/3 50 g weight
detection of depth penetration with an
A Weight approx.: 9.7 kg
automated approach and a levelling system s81-B0103/4
for conductive samples are available. Penetration tin dia. 55x35 mm,
The instrument is made of an anodised alu- set of 10 pieces
minium base plate with levelling screws s81-B0103/5
and spirit level, centering guide, Penetration tin dia. 70x45 mm
magnifying lens and low voltage illumina-
81-B0102/B
81 B0103/A
We propose two models: automatic and standard. The standard version 81-B0145 can be Power: 750 W
completed by the hot plate incorporating the magnetic stirrer. B Overall dimensions: 530x300x280 mm
A Weight approx.: 16 kg
Main features - Large graphic display 240x128 pixel
- Microprocessor control - Memory up to 50 tests
- Automatic programmable test - Language selection
Firmware
sequences for water or glycerol
- RS 232 serial port for connection Main menu:
to PC or printer - Test on boiled distilled or deionized water
for softening point between 30 and 80°C
- Test on glycerol for softening point
above 80 and up to 150°C
- Test configuration set up
- File management.
Functions:
- Date and time
- Operator name, test number, general notes
- Language selection: English, French,
Spanish, German, and Italian
- Test parameters conforming the type of
test: up to 80°C and above 80 up to
150°C. Hot plate pre-heating temperatu-
re and thermocouple calibration for
measuring the hot plate temperature
- Magnetic stirrer speed adjustment from
0 to 150 r.p.m.
- Baud rate selection: 38400 for PC and
9600 for printer
- Test start.
81-B0143
AUTOMATIC RING AND BALL APPARATUS STANDARD RING AND BALL APPARATUS
(CONTINUED)
q STANDARD Accessories
Example of display EN 1427, ASTM D36, AASHTO T53
Hot plate only with centering/
81-B0145 protection device
Ring and ball apparatus s81-B0145/C1 Hot plate only
with centering/protection device for
General description and specifications 81-B0145. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Accessories
s82-P0172
Digital printer. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
s82-P0172/Z
Digital printer. 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
s82-P0172/1
Cable for RS 232
Spare parts
81-B0148
q STANDARD Test set for the determination
EN 1429
of solubility
Spare part
15-D7545 Including:
s81-B0155/1 Glass still Stainless steel test sieve, 75 mm - 86-D1044 Filter flask 500 ml cap.
dia., 0.5 mm opening - 86-D1189 Funnel for Gooch crucible
s81-B0155/2 Glass receiver 10 ml - 86-D1188 Gooch crucible
s81-B0155/3 Glass condenser 15-D7595 - 86-D1188/1 Rubber ring for Gooch crucible
- 86-D1188/2 Filter discs, fiberglass, 25 mm
Stainless steel test sieve, 75 mm dia. Pack of 100
dia., 0.16 mm opening
A Total weight: 0.6 kg approx.
15-D7504
Pan and cover for 75 mm dia. sieve
15-D7545, D7595
81-B0155/A
81-B0148
81-B0129
81-B0129
Particle charge tester.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
81-B0129/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
s81-B0158/1
Spare stainless steel plaque.
Pack of 10
s82-B0158/3
Spare thermometer IP 42 C
81-B0116/1 0.035 7 to 35
81-B0116/2 0.1 20 to 100
81-B0116/3 0.25 50 to 250
81-B0116/4 0.5 100 to 500
81-B0116/5 1.2 240 to 1200
81-B0116/6 2.5 500 to 2500
81-B0116/7 8 1600 to 8000
81-B0116/8 20 4000 to 20000
Used for the determination of kinematic sCode Approx. Kinematic viscosity range
viscosity of liquid asphalts (bitumens) road constant cSt/S cSt
oil and distillation residues of liquid asphalts
81-B0116/20 0.1 6 to 100
and asphalt cements at 135°C. Supplied
81-B0116/21 0.3 18 to 300
complete with calibration certificate.
81-B0116/22 1.0 60 to 1000
A Weight approx.: 800 g each 81-B0116/23 3.0 180 to 3000
81-B0116/24 10 600 to 10000
Accessories 81-B0116/25 30 1800 to 30000
81-B0116/26 100 6000 to 100000
s81-B0116/H3 81-B0116/27 300 18000 to 300000
Holder for BS U-Tube viscometers
n o t e
Viscometer bath for temperature up to
135°C, pressure regulator and vacuum
manifold available on request
81-B0117/1 to B0117/11
81-B0116/A
RTFOT METHOD:
ROLLING THIN-FILM OVEN TEST Main features internal and external engine-turned
- Safety features: finishing
- over temperature automatic switch - Thermal insulation with high quality
Effect of heat - automatic switch that switches off material
the oven in case of accidental ope-
and air on a moving film of bitumen ning of the door during the test
- Door with double glass window
- Armoured heating resistance to safety
- pilot lamp and alarm for door open requirement
Two versions available: the ASTM/AASH- with fan still running - Flow meter (Rotameter), with air flow
TO/CNR (codes 81-B0161, B0161/Z, - magnetothermic switch regulator, metal construction
B0161/Y) and the EN (code 81-B0161/A). - 24 V low voltage door opening controls - Digital electronic thermoregulator ope-
- High quality stainless steel structure,
The only difference is the inside dimension rating in PID mode
of the testing chamber.
q STANDARD
EN 12607-1, ASTM D 2872,
AASHTO T240
81-B0161
Bitumen oven for rolling thin-film
oven test. ASTM version. Detail of external
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. stainless lining:
“linen patterned”
resistant
81-B0161/Z to scratches and
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph. shocks
81-B0161/Y
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
81-B0161/A
Bitumen oven for rolling thin-film
oven test. EN version.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. 81-B0161/A – 81-B0161
Power: 1300 W
Internal dimensions: 330x330x330 mm Accessories
B Outside dimensions: RFT METHOD: ROTATING FLASK TEST
500x500x900 mm s81-B0161/1
q STANDARD Diaphragm pump.
A Weight approx.: 35 kg EN 12607-3
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
EFFLUX VISCOMETER
(STANDARD TAR/BRTA)
q STANDARD
EN 12846, EN 13357, IP 484
81-B0122/C
Standard tar viscometer.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
81-B0120/B detail
SAYBOLT VISCOSITY
Accessories
q STANDARD
ASTM D88, AASHTO T72
s82-B0125/2 Saybolt thermometer
19 to 27°C, subd. 0.1°C
This method covers procedure for the
empirical measurement of Saybolt viscosity s82-B0125/3 Saybolt thermome-
ter 34 to 42°C, subd. 0.1°C
of petroleum products at specified tempe-
ratures between 70 and 210°F. s82-B0125/4 Saybolt thermome-
Two models of viscometer available, single ter 49 to 57°C, subd. 0.1°C
tube and two tubes.
s82-B0125/5 Saybolt thermome-
ter 57 to 65°C, subd. 0.1°C
81-B0121
Saybolt digital viscometer. s82-B0125/6 Saybolt thermometer
79 to 87°C, subd. 0.1°C, 250 mm length
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. 81-B0121
s82-B0125/7 Saybolt thermome-
ter. Range 95 to 103°C, subd. 0.1°C
81-B0121/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph. s81-B0125/13 Filter funnel with
wire mesh and clip
81-B0121/A s81-B0125/14 Withdrawal tube
Saybolt two-tube digital viscometer.
Spare parts
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
81-B0121/AZ s81-B0125/1
Saybolt viscosity flask, 60 ml cap.
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
s81-B0125/10 Universal orifice for
Saybolt viscometers
General description and specifications
s81-B0125/11
Furol orifice for Saybolt viscometers
The viscometers include bath, Furol and
Universal orifice, key, control box, stirring
81-B0121/A
device, cooling coil 60 ml flask and digital Specifications
thermoregulator. Funnel and withdrawal
tube are not included and should be orde-
red separately. See accessories. sModels 81-B0121 81-B0121/A
81-B0121/Z 81-B0121/AZ
BREAKING VALUE OF CATIONIC BITUMEN FLASH AND FIRE POINT FLASH POINT BY PENSKY-MARTENS
EMULSIONS. MINERAL FILLER METHOD BY CLEVELAND OPEN CUP
q STANDARD
q STANDARD q STANDARD EN 22719, ASTM D93, AASHTO T73,
EN 13075-1, IP 494 EN 22592, ISO 2592, ASTM D92, IP 34, IP 35, ISO 2719
AASHTO T48, IP 36/67
81-B0139
Test set for the determination of 81-B0130/C
the breaking value of cationic Cleveland flash tester.
emulsions 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Comprising: General description and specifications
- Feeding pan
- Two enamel dishes Used for determining the flash and fire
- Nickel spatula point of petroleum products. It consists of
- Support base and clamp. a brass cup mounted on an electric heater
with temperature controller.
A Weight approx.: 1.5 kg Conforming with the CE European directi-
ve, is supplied complete with:
- Double line-fuse
- Hot plate control apparatus.
Complete with thermometer -6 +400°C.
Power: 600 W
A Weight approx.: 5 kg
81-B0135
Spare parts
81-B0135
s81-B0130/1 Spare cup Pensky-Martens flash point tester.
s82-B0130/2 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Spare thermometer -6 +400°C, IP 28 C
Used for determining the flash point by the
closed cup method of petroleum products
with a flash point higher than 50°C.
Comprising motor driven stirrer, cast iron
81-B0139
air bath and stainless radiation shield.
Mounted on electric heater with thermore-
gulator.
Accessories
Power: 600 W
s81-B0139/1 A Weight approx.: 3 kg
Reference filler, 25 kg bag
Accessories
s82-B0135/1
ASTM 9C thermometer –5 +110°C,
0.5°C subd., 275 mm length
s82-B0135/2
ASTM 10C thermometer +90 +370°C,
2°C subd., 275 mm length
81-B0130/C
q STANDARD
ASTM D1310, D3143
81-B0138/A
TAG open cup flash point tester.
CE model. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Comprising:
- Electric furnace with electronic control-
ler of heating power
- Flame rotating ignition device (LPG sup-
ply is required)
- Glass cup
- Insulating plate
- Support and clamp for thermometer
- Gauge
- Stainless steel frame
- Double line-fuse
- CE mark
81-B0138/A 81-B0137
Power: 600 W
B Dimensions:
250x170x400 mm (wxdxh) FLASH POINT BY TAG
CLOSED CUP TESTER
A Weight approx.: 4 kg Accessories
q STANDARD
The thermometers are not comprised and have ASTM D56
s82-B0135/1 Thermometer,
ASTM 9 C range -5 +110°C,
to be ordered separately. See accessories. subd. 0.5°C
81-B0137
TAG closed cup flash point tester.
s82-B0137/A1 Thermometer,
ASTM 57 C range -20 +50°C, subd.
Accessories 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. 0.5°C
Power: 600 W
B Dimensions:
130x300x400 mm (wxdxh)
A Weight approx.: 4 kg
DUCTILITY 81-B0140
Ductility testing machine.
q STANDARD 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. Accessories
pr EN 13398, ASTM D113, AASHTO T51,
NF T66-006, CNR No. 44, NLT 126 81-B0140/Z s81-B0141 Ductility mould. Made
of brass, accurately machined to the
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph. specified dimensions. Weight 200 g
Introduction
81-B0140/Y
s81-B0142 Ductility mould plate
This method is used for determining the for 81-B0141 ductility mould
ductility of bituminous materials by measu- Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
ring the elongation before breaking when
two ends of a briquette specimen are pulled General description
apart at a specified speed and temperature.
The test is performed with a ductility machi- The machine can perform three simulta-
ne, which can be fitted with a liquid refrige- neous tests. The bath is fitted with an
rator-circulator (see model 86-D2030/A) to immersion heater in order to obtain, in
perform tests at a temperature below 25°C normal conditions, the 25°C test tempera-
or for use in tropical areas. Furthermore the ture using, as stabilising element, the cold
standard ductility machine 81-B0140 can be water circulation in the stainless steel
upgraded with a Force ductility kit to mea- interspace.
sure the tensile force exerted on the speci- For use in tropical areas or to perform tests
mens and determining the conventional below 25°C, the use of the 86-D2030/A
energy of bitumen binders from traction liquid refrigerator-circulator is recommen-
characteristics. ded.
This upgraded option (see code 81- The machine can be upgraded to measure
B0140/UP1) includes three load cells, digi- the tensile force. See Upgraded options 81-B0141, 81-B0142
tal display unit and Macro-Excel program code 81-B0140/UP1.
for data acquisition and processing for n o t e
connection to PC. Testing speed: 50 mm/min
Ductility mould and ductility mould
Max. carriage displacement: 1500 mm plate are not supplied with the machine
Power: 500 W heating element and have to be ordered separately.
and 150 W motor (See accessories)
B Dimensions: 2150x360x340 mm
A Weight approx.: 104 kg
Main features
- Double stainless steel bath with interspace for cold water or ethylene glycol circulation
(when used with 86-D2030/A liquid refrigerator-circulator)
- Fiberglass insulation and external casing in enamelled steel
- Temperature control by digital system
- Immersion electric heater
- Carriage holding up to three standard briquette moulds
- Measuring rule.
81-B0140
UPGRADING OPTIONS
81-B0140/UP1
Force ductility kit
The 81-B0140 machine can be upgraded
with the installation of three load cells in
line with each ductility mould and speci-
men test position, to measure the tensile
force and determine the conventional
energy of bitumen binders from traction
characteristic. The kit, which has to be fac-
tory installed, includes:
- Three load cells 50 N cap. each
- Three channels digital display unit with
RS 232 output for PC or printer
- Macro-Excel program for data acquisi-
tion and PC processing
- Installation on the ductility machine.
81-B0140 Ductility machine fitted with 86-D2030/A Refrigerating circulator unit (bench not included)
86-D2030/A
Liquid refrigerator-circulator. - Provides cold water for general
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. laboratory use
- Can circulate either water
or ethylene glycol
86-D2030/AZ - CFC free
- Silent
Liquid refrigerator-circulator.
110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description
Detail of the three load cells installed inside the
ductility bath (upgrading option 81-B0140/UP1) This unit has been specially designed for
laboratory use to provide either cold water
or for closed circulation of either water or
ethylene glycol. Comprising a refrigeration
compressor, silent and CFC free, water
reservoir with cooling coil, electronic ther-
moregulator with digital display, which
shows the water/liquid output temperature
and sound proof metal case.
The unit include a liquid circulator pump
86-D2030/A
for controlling the interspace casing of the
ductility machine bath and a resistance
Specifications
heater fitted in the water reservoir to
decrease, if needed the thermal inertia of
the system. Output liquid temperature range:
+5 to +25°C
Power: 1500 W
Water or liquid connections: 3/4“
B Dimensions (lxdxh):
825x435x750 mm
A Weight approx.: 70 kg
q STANDARD q STANDARD
EN – ISO 3838, NF T66 007 EN 1871, DIN 1996-15
86-D1115 81-B0147
Hubbard-Carmick specific gravity Wilhelmi softening point apparatus
bottle 24 ml cap.
General description and specifications
86-D1120
Hubbard-Carmick specific gravity Used for determining the softening point
bottle 25 ml cap. of bituminous materials for road construc-
tions. Comprising a metal support frame, a
ring divided in two halves, a steel ball 15
mm dia. and a glass beaker.
Accessories
q STANDARD
NF T66 022
81-B0114
Apparatus for the determination of 81-B0147/1
storage stability of emulsions.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
B Overall dimensions:
200x200x520 mm
A Weight approx.: 4 kg
81-B0114
DISTILLATION OF CUT-BACK
ASPHALTIC PRODUCTS
q STANDARD
ASTM D402, AASHTO T78, NF T66-003,
UNE 7112, 7072
81-B0150
Apparatus for distillation of cut-
back asphalt
General description
A Weight approx.: 6 kg
81-B0260
81-B0150
INTRODUCTION
q STANDARD
EN 12390-4
Introduction
Satisfactory failure
Importance of the verification
of force transfer
A Weight approx.: 17.5 kg 82-P0804/E with 82-E0105/1 Strain gauged column and 82-P0172 24-column printer that can be
used to download the test results for further processing using programs developed by the user. The
strain-gauged column is supplied complete with auxiliary platen and spacers for an easy and precise
DIGITAL INSTRUMENTATION placing of the column either centrally or 6 mm displaced from the centre. It can be used as a 3000
kN load cell for force verification.
82-P0804/E
Force transfer digital tester.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. Accessories
This unit when connected to the 82-E0105/1
strain gauged column, to a PC and printer s82-P0172 24-column serial prin-
ter. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
using the specific software 82-P0804/E1 and
82-P0804/E2, provides completely automatic s82-P0804/E1 Testing software
data acquisition, processing and print of the for the automatic data acquisition
verification test certificates concerning either and processing of the plate self-ali-
gnment, alignment and restraint of
the accuracy of force indication or the other movement verification (stability) of
force transfer verifications. During operation, compression testers
acquired data are displayed on the graphic
screen of the tester and then downloaded by s82-P0804/E2 Testing software
the serial port to the PC and printer. The for the automatic data acquisition
and processing of force measure-
system can also be used directly connected to ments for the calibration verification
a simple 24-column printer (e.g. our model of compression testers
82-P0172) or to download the test results for
further processing using programs developed s82-P0804/E3 Force transfer veri-
by the user. Supplied complete with carrying fication MS Excel spreadsheet
case. s82-P0804/E4 Force calibration
verification MS Excel spreadsheet
Specifications Final Force Transfer Verification certificate.
The complete document includes other 3 certifi-
cates concerning upper plate self-alignment, ali-
No. of channels: 4 gnment and restraint of movement.
Resolution: with strain gauged column:
1/128.000; with load cells: 1/256.000
Large permanent memory to store data
and test results
Graphic display 240x128 pixel
B Dimensions: 250x220x150 mm
A Weight approx.: 2 kg
Testing equipment for the construction industry 401
82 Measuring instruments
Load measurement and calibration apparatus GENERAL
High capacity strain gauge load cells and digital instrumentation
Calibration Centre
Centro SIT 92
From November 1996 Controls spa. has been accredited as a calibration centre for
compression testing machines conforming to EN 12390-4, BS 1610-1881 by SIT
which is a member of the EUROPEAN ACCREDITATION LABORATORIES (EAL) which
comprises:
Final Force calibration certificate. The complete
document include other 2 certificates concer- DENMARK : DANAK
ning the data recording and the data processing
FINLAND : FINAS
FRANCE : COFRAC
GERMANY : DKD
IRELAND : ILAB
ITALY : SIT
THE NETHERLAND : RVA
NORWAY : NA
SPAIN : ENAC
SWEDEN : SWEDAC
SWITZERLAND : SAS
UNITED KINGDOM : UKAS
Certificates and reports issued by bodies accredited by EAL are considered to have
the same degree of credibility and are accepted by the above countries.
STRAIN GAUGES
82-P0390 Accessories
Strain gauge, 9.53 mm gauge
length. Pack of 5 s82-P0399/A Strain gauge appli-
cation kit comprising bonding
agents, soldering unit, little accesso-
82-P0391 ries and instruction manual. Weight
Strain gauge, 20 mm gauge length. approx. 7 kg
Pack of 10 s82-P0390/1 Contacts for strain
gauges
82-P0392
s82-P0399/P22 Bonding and
Strain gauge, 30 mm gauge length. catalyst agent to glue the strain 82-P0390 to 82-P0393
Pack of 10 gauges
82-P0393
Strain gauge, 60 mm gauge length.
Pack of 10 Specifications Models
82-P0390 82-P0391 82-P0392 82-P0393
General description and specifications Grid width (mm) 4.53 3 2 1
Gauge length (mm) 9.53 20 30 60
They provide a very accurate electrical Matrix dim. (mm) 17x6.9 31x7 43x8 74x8
signal strictly proportional to the strain of Resistance (Ω) 120 120 120 120
the rock or concrete specimen submitted to Bridge ¼ ¼ ¼ ¼
load application. The strain gauges must be Gauge factor (approx.) 2 2.1 2.1 2.1
used in conjunction with a suitable tester No. of gauges per package 5 10 10 10
(e.g. our model DATALOG 82-P0908/B).
82-P0332/A 82-P0353/A
Mounting bracket for 82-P0332, Pressure transducer 0-500 bar range
82-P0334 and 82-P0336 Linear
potentiometric transducers for con- 82-P0354
nection to load rings only Pressure transducer 0-700 bar
82-P0330 range, complete with protection for
82-P0332/AS use with compression testing frame
82-P0330/M Mounting bracket for 82-P0332 for
Miniature linear potentiometric fitting to shear testing machines only
transducer, 10 mm travel
General description and specifications
82-P0350
Pressure transducer 0-20 bar range
82-P0351
Pressure transducer 0-50 bar range
82-P0331/C
Introduction
LOAD MEASURING RINGS sCode Max. load Resol. Dimensions Net weight
kN mm A B C D E kg
General description and specifications 82-T1001 1.0 0.001 214 182 46 6.5 15 1.2
82-T1001/E 1.0 0.001 214 182 46 6.5 15 1.2
Used for load measurement and for cali- 82-T1002 2.0 0.001 214 182 46 6.5 15 1.4
bration of testing machines. Made from 82-T1002/E 2.0 0.001 214 182 46 6.5 15 1.4
special alloy steel. All standard models are 82-T1003 5.0 0.001 214 182 46 6.5 15 1.7
supplied complete with dial gauge 5x0.001 82-T1003/E 5.0 0.001 214 182 46 6.5 15 1.7
mm and the electronic models (suffix E) are 82-T1004 10.0 0.001 214 182 46 6.5 15 2.2
fitted with an electronic transducer. The 82-T1004/E 10.0 0.001 214 182 46 6.5 15 2.2
repeatability is within the 0.2% and the 82-T1005 15.0 0.001 214 182 70 6.5 27 2.5
accuracy is held within ± 1% over the 82-T1006 20.0 0.001 214 182 70 6.5 27 3
82-T1007 30.0 0.001 214 182 70 6.5 27 3.5
upper 80% of the full range.
82-T1008 40.0 0.001 214 182 70 6.5 27 3.9
The load rings can be supplied in different 82-T1009 50.0 0.001 214 182 70 7 27 3.9
versions depending upon the use and the 82-T1010 60.0 0.001 214 182 70 7 27 3.9
machine to be used with. For an easy and 82-T1012 100.0 0.001 308 270 109 9.5 46.5 15
complete identification of the ring model,
the code number is followed, with the
exception of the standard model by a suf-
fix letter as specified above.
B
- High resolution dial gauge: 0.001 mm
No suffix letters - Accuracy ± 1%
Example: 82-T1001 - Large range: 1 to 100 kN cap.
Identifies the standard model, which is No suffix
used for all tests, with the exception of the letter
82-T1001
shear box apparatus, which requires a ring
A
to 82-T1012
with special ends.
82-T1004/E
Accessories 82-T1009
C
s28-T1049 Connection with coni- M6 = 35 = M6
cal seat for load rings. It has to be M10
screwed on the lower base of the No suffix
proving ring to receive the hemi- letter
spherical end of the triaxial cell 82-T1001
piston. Weight 50 g approx. to 82-T1012
82-T1001/E
plete with connection for load rings to
M10 M5 82-T1004/E
s82-D1258 Stem brake device for
dial gauges. To maintain the maxi-
mum reading after the failure of the
specimen
n o t e
All load rings are supplied with a 82-T1002/E
calibration chart prepared by a computer.
If necessary the calibration can be made
in other units.
82-C0106/2
Go/No go gauges for 150 mm
Accessories cube moulds
s82-D1258 Stem brake device for dial 82-C0107/1
gauges. To maintain the maximum rea-
ding after the failure of the specimen Engineers square 150 mm
s82-D1260 Magnetic holder for 82-C0108/1
dial gauges
Straightedge 300 mm
82-D1261 to 82-D1260 82-C0109/1
82-D1261/B with dial gauge
Digital vernier caliper 155 mm
DIGITAL THERMOMETERS
We propose different models, which cover practically all applications in the construction industry.
82-D1226 -50 +150 0.1 ± 0.3 Stainless steel 1x1.4 V 66x50x25 50 Liquid, air,
- 0.5 3 mm dia. (3000 hours) semisolids, frozen
x 105 mm material, granulars
82-D1226/A -50 +150 0.1 ± 0.3 Remote stainless 1x1.5 V 106x58x19 80 Liquid, air,
- 0.5 steel 3 mm dia. AA semisolids, frozen
x 160 mm (3000 hours) material, granulars.
1 m cable Ideal for concrete
82-D1227 -50 +170 0.1 ± 0.3 Stainless steel 1x1.5 V 175x41x23 65 Ideal for industrial
1 ± 0.4 5 mm dia. AAA applications.
x 125 mm (3000 hours) Liquid, air, semisolids
82-D1228 -40 +550 1 ±2 Stainless steel 4x1.4 V 175x41x23 92 Liquid, air, semisolids.
Penetration type (700 hours) Ideal for bitumen
3 mm dia.
x 130 mm
I m p o r t a n t n o t e
All digital thermometers are supplied with the certificate of conformity and, on request can be supplied with Certificate of Calibration
issued by the Official Authority. The calibration can be performed in the following range of temperatures:
a) from -80 to 0°C; b) from 0 to 100°C; c) from 0 to 250°C; d) from 0 to 600°C.
Please specify in case of request.
Vernier calipers
s82-D1652
Vernier caliper 0-150 mm x 0.1 mm
s82-D1653
Vernier caliper 0-160 mm x 0.05 mm
s82-D1654
Vernier caliper 0-205 mm x 0.05 mm
82-D1226, D1227, D1228, D1226/A
s82-D1655
Vernier caliper 0-300 mm x 0.05 mm
s82-D1694
Steel rule, 500 mm long, metric
82-D1695 82-D1694
s82-D1695
Steel tape in case, 2 m long
82-D1229 82-D1220
Digital thermometer Non-contact infrared thermometer.
range -50 +950°C -10 to 300°C
A portable, easy to use unit for monitoring This stick type infrared thermometer mea-
temperature of asphalt, concrete mortar 82-D1229 with probes sures surface temperatures without tou-
etc. Dual range, high resolution, housed in ching the object being measured. The clo-
a rugged ABS case. Memory functions: sim- N o t e ser the instrument is to the object being
ply press a button and the meter will recall measured, the smaller the spot size beco-
the highest and lowest temperatures mea- The most suitable probes for asphalt use mes. This can be as small as 5 mm at a
sured in the cycle. Read both °C and °F. are the 82-D1229/5 Penetration probe, the distance of 65 mm.
Wide variety of interchangeable probes are 82-D1229/6 "T" bar probe and the
82-D1229/2 Surface probe. Measuring range: -10 to 300°C
available: see accessories.
Resolution: 1°C
Precision: ± 2°C
Ranges
a) -50 to 150°C (-58 to 199.8 °F). Display: 20 mm hi-contrast LCD display
Resolution -0.1°C Max. value: retained for 15 seconds
b) -50 to 950°C (-58 to 1742 °F). Battery type: 9 V battery
Resolution -1°C
B Dimensions: 143x80x38 mm
Accuracy: ± 0.5% full scale
A Weight approx.: 300 g
Battery type/life: 1x9 V/approx. 500
hours of continuous use Note. A traceable ISO 9000 certificate of
B Dimensions: 180x83x40 mm calibration is available.
A Weight approx.: 350 g
The meter is supplied without probes,
which have to be selected and ordered
separately. See accessories. 82-D1229 with 82-D1229/5
Accessories
s82-D1229/1
Penetration probe 120 mm long
82-D1220
s82-D1229/2
Surface probe
s82-D1229/3
Air probe
s82-D1229/5
Penetration probe 200 mm long
s82-D1229/7
Sword probe 500 mm long
s82-D1229/8
K type thermocouple 5 m long
s82-D1229/9
Coupling unit for 82-D1229/8
DIAL THERMOMETERS
Standard
82-D1210 0 to 60 50 200 3
82-D1211 0 to 100 50 200 3
82-D1212 0 to 200 50 200 3
82-D1205 82-D1213 0 to 260 50 200 3
Pocket size
82-D1206 +50 to +260 45 150 4
82-D1207 -30 to +60 45 150 4
Long stem
82-D1208/5 +50 to +250 100 750 12
82-D1210 to 82-D1213
Surface model
82-D1214 0 to +200 50 / /
MECHANICAL WATCHES A 70 dB alarm sounds at the end of the HUMIDITY AND TEMPERATURE
AND STOP CLOCKS countdown. Timing capacity 24 hours. MEASUREMENT
SPEED MEASUREMENTS
82-D2210
Combined optical and contact
tachometer
This model lets you measure both contact
and optical speeds.
82-D1241
Two-channel digital clock/timer
Featuring a dual large digital display that
tilts for easy viewing. Two channels can be
operated and displayed simultaneously to 82-D2210
count up or down.
82-D3000 82-D3005
82-D3002
Simple rain gauge, copper
Description
A Weight approx.: 2 kg
82-D3002
AIRFLOW - ANEMOMETERS dings with a data hold function. It also has Function time, alarm and calendar
the added advantage of a separate remote B Dimensions: 115x170x36 mm
82-D3024 sensor.
A Weight approx.: 205 g
Hand anemometer cup
Display: 18 mm LCD, 3.5 digit
Range: 0.4 to 30.0 m/s
Description 82-D3235
1.4 to 108.0 km/h
A robust, portable, hand-held instrument Precision aneroid barometer
80 to 5910 ft./min
giving direct reading of wind speed in 4 0.8 to 58.3 knots
scales. Complete with plastic outer cover, Description
cups, and engraved scales. Accuracy: ± 2% +1 digit
Battery: 9 V PP3 This instrument combines a high degree of
km/h: 30-120 B Dimensions: 168x80x35 mm sensitivity and accuracy with a rugged
design for wall mounting.
Beaufort: 0-12 A Weight approx.: 325 g
m/s: 0-35 Range: 880 mbar to 1040 mbar
Knots: 0-60 Subdivision: 0.5 mbar
A Weight approx.: 500 g Dial face: 135 mm
A Weight approx.: 0.5 kg
82-D3036
Description
Description
82-D3146
This portable anemometer with multi- Weather station battery operated,
functional measurement capability of m/s, comprising barometer, thermometer
km/h, ft./min, knots. The large easy to read and hygrometer.
LCD display produces fast accurate rea-
Description
HYGROMETER THERMOHYGROGRAPH
82-D3260 82-D3280
Wet and dry bulb hygrometer Thermohygrograph
Description Description
A simple to read unit designed for general Simultaneous recording of both tempera-
purpose use. Two undivided thermometers ture and humidity. Spring operated.
are mounted on a printed plastic scale. Supplied complete with 55 charts, spare
Between the thermometers is a unique pen, bottle of ink, instruction manual.
slide with pointer, which allows relative
humidity to be easily read. The scale is hou- Temperature range: -35 +45°C
sed in a plastic case, which also holds a Humidity range: 0 to 100%
reservoir with antifrost device.
Time scale: 24 hours or 7 days
Accuracy: ± 5% to 20% R.H. B Overall dimensions:
Thermometers: scale length 140 mm x 375x290x230 mm
1°C, range -5 +50°C A Weight approx.: 5 kg
B Dimensions: 340x82x45 mm
A Weight approx.: 225 g
82-D3260
82-D3280
Spare parts
s82-D3280/1
Spare charts, pack of 55
Electric models
83-C0350
Universal core drilling machine.
Electric motor. Three speeds.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
83-C0351
Universal core drilling machine. 83-C0350 (or 83-C0351) with core bit 83-C0355 with core bit
Electric motor. Three speeds.
110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
To provide the vacuum for holding securely - Steel tilting column up to 60-75°
the base (fitted with the accessories 83- - Slide with rollers and ball bearings
C0350/1) to the surface. Supplied comple- - Aluminium base fixable by anchors or
vacuum
te with reservoir, which is very useful to - Centering device to fix precisely the
maintain for some time a suitable vacuum machine
level to avoid the fall or disconnection of
the machine from the wall in case of cur-
rent interruption. Weight 11.5 kg approx.
83-C0365
Vacuum pump with reservoir.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
83-C0366
Vacuum pump with reservoir.
110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
Fixing methods
83-C0350 with vacuum
attachment and vacuum
pump during operation
ø min M12
➱ ➱
83-C0360
with core bit
By anchor By vacuum
60°- 75°
83-C0350/5
By holding column Tilting column mechanism
83-C0301/A
Universal coring machine, three
Accessories
speed electric motor.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. s83-C0301/1
Extension columns up to 3850 mm
83-C0301/AZ
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph. s83-C0300/1
Extension rod 228 mm long
83-C0301/B
s83-C0300/2 Strap wrench for
Universal coring machine, petrol fitting and removal of core bits
driven, 6.5 HP motor
83-C0301/C Core bits and core extractor,
see next page
Universal coring machine, air motor
driven, 3.3 kW
418 Testing equipment for the construction industry
Core drilling equipment 83
GENERAL Pavement coring machine / Coring bits / Accessories
Accessories
CORING BITS AND ACCESSORIES
Drill bits, extractors, extension rods
etc., are listed below. Thin wall diamond bits with bronze welded
sectors suitable either for concrete or
asphalt. Fixed standard coupling assuring
the best alignment, fast and easy fitting
and disassembling. Bit length 400 mm
approx.
The core extractor is offered as an optional
accessory and simplifies the removal of the
core sample from the hole.
83-C0322, C0323
Core bits Core dia. (mm) Weight approx. (kg) Core extractor
CHEMICALS
A comprehensive range of laboratory chemicals and reagents is available. Hazardous materials often require special handling and docu-
mentation. Controls cannot accept any responsibility for delays in delivery due to special delivery requirements.
DROPPING BOTTLE
s86-D1096
Dropping bottle 100 ml
capacity
PETRI DISH
86-D1000 to 86-D1007 86-D1010 to 86-D1016 86-D1020/A 86-D1020 to 86-D1026 s86-D1108 Test tube, borosilicate glass,
to 86-D1026/A 16 mm dia. x 160 mm long
420 Testing equipment for the construction industry
General laboratory apparatus 86
GENERAL Laboratory glassware / Miscellaneous
sCode Capacity
86-D1040/S 86-D1044
BEAKER COVERS (WATCH GLASS)
48-D1090 500 ml to 86-D1042/S
48-D1091 1000 ml FILTER FLASKS sCode Dimensions
86-D1106 100 mm dia.
REAGENT BOTTLES 86-D1106/1 125 mm dia.
sCode Capacity
86-D1044 500 ml
sCode Capacity
86-D1044/1 perforated bung
86-D1092 1000 ml
with glass tube for
86-D1093 500 ml
86-D1044
86-D1094 250 ml
86-D1045 1000 ml
86-D1113,
VOLUMETRIC FLASKS (STOPPERED) 86-D1110/A
DESICCATORS COMPLETE
sCode Capacity
86-D1058 50 ml WITH DESICCATOR PLATE. SILICA GEL
86-D1059 100 ml
sCode Dimensions
86-D1060 250 ml 86-D1110 200 mm dia. non-vacuum
86-D1061 500 ml 86-D1110/A 250 mm dia. non-vacuum
86-D1062 1000 ml 86-D1111 300 mm dia. non-vacuum
48-D1090 86-D1092 86-D1049 to 86-D1052
86-D1063 2000 ml 86-D1112 200 mm dia. with vacuum
to D1094 86-D1058 to 86-D1062 86-D1112/A 250 mm dia. with vacuum
VOLUMETRIC FLASKS (UNSTOPPERED) 86-D1113 300 mm dia. with vacuum
86-D1113/1 Safety cage for desiccators
sCode Capacity 19-D1113/A Desiccator cabinet
86-D1049 100 ml 450x480x450 mm
86-D1050 250 ml complete with 2 shelves
86-D1051 500 ml 86-D0819 Silica gel. 1000 g
86-D1052 1000 ml 86-D0819/G Silica gel. 500 g
19-D1113/A
Testing equipment for the construction industry 421
86 General laboratory apparatus
Laboratory glassware / Miscellaneous GENERAL
Porcelain / Mortar and pestles
s86-D1165
Glass marking pencil, pack of 12
86-D1150 to 86-D1154, 86-D1156
86-D1176 86-D1180/A
SILICA DISH
s86-D1188/1 Accessories
Rubber ring for 86-D1188 Gooch crucible
s86-D2062 Rubber tubing 8 mm
s86-D1188/2 ID x 12 mm OD, 6 m standard
Glass fiber filters 25 mm dia. Pack of 100 length. Weight 1 kg approx.
s86-D1189
Filter tube for crucible dia. 40 mm TRIPODS
86-D1501 to 86-D1503
BUCKETS
86-D1520, D1522, 86-D1528, 86-D1525 86-D1535 – 86-D1538, 86-D1545 – 86-D1547
sCode Capacity
86-D1510 7 litres plastic graduated PLASTIC CONTAINERS WITH AIRTIGHT PLASTIC FUNNELS
86-D1511 11 litres plastic graduated LID AND HANDLES
86-D1512 15 litres plastic graduated sCode Dimensions
86-D1515 2 litres plastic bucket sCode Capacity 86-D1539 65 mm dia.
86-D1527 5 litres 86-D1539/1 90 mm dia.
86-D1516 Rubber bucket 9 litres
86-D1528 15 litres 86-D1540 100 mm dia.
(2 gal.)
86-D1517 Galvanised bucket 9 litres 86-D1540/1 115 mm dia.
(2 gal.) 86-D1541 140 mm dia.
86-D1541/1 165 mm dia.
86-D1542 210 mm dia.
86-D1545 Wide mouth 80 mm
dia. x 15 mm
86-D1546 Wide mouth 120 mm
dia. x 30 mm
86-D1547 Wide mouth 150 mm
dia. x 35 mm
86-D1531 86-D1539
86-D1550
MIXING BOWLS (STAINLESS STEEL) STAINLESS STEEL PANS. 0.6 MM THICK LEVER LID TINS
86-D1323 - 86-D1325
ALUMINIUM PANS
86-D1290 to 86-D1292 86-D1300 to 86-D1302
86-D1641
BRUSHES
86-D1645
s86-D1670 Wire brush No. 26 gauge TOOL KIT
s86-D1671 Fine wire brush 86-D1700
s86-D1672 s86-D1699 General purpose tool kit.
Soft hair brush, 3 mm (BS 812) Weight 7 kg approx.
s86-D1675
Round bristle brush 33 mm dia.
86-D1686, 16-D1691 16-D1690, 16-D1689
s86-D1680
Flat bristle brush 60 mm wide
s86-D1685
Nylon sieve brush 33 mm dia.
s86-D1685/G
Double ended nylon sieve brush
86-D1413/A
Circulating water bath. 50 litres cap.
Accessories
Digital. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
s86-D1408/A2
Cooling coil. For connection to mains
Accessories water
86-D1412
Specifications
VACUUM PUMPS
86-D2001
Portable vacuum pump.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
86-D2001/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
86-D2004/A
Two-stage high capacity portable
vacuum pump. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
86-D2004/AZ
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
Range:
from 130 to 0 torr (0.13 to 26 kPa)
B Dimensions:
180x150x320 mm approx. 86-D2010
A Weight approx.:
5.5 kg (without mercury) 86-D2010
Aspirator pump
86-D2007
Air compressors
86-D2015
Laboratory air compressor, 10 bar 86-D2015 86-D2019
max. pressure, 50 litres cap.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
86-D2015/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
86-D2018
Laboratory air compressor, 14 bar
max. pressure, 8 litres cap.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
86-D2018/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
86-D2018/1
Auxiliary air reservoir, 14 bar max.
pressure, 50 litres cap.
86-D2018 and 86-D2018/1
Air dryers
Rubber tubes and stoppers
86-D2019
86-D2060
Compressed air dehumidifier,
350 l/min. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. Rubber tube 5 mm ID x 13 mm OD,
2 m long
B Dimensions:
455x240x197 mm approx. 86-D2062
A Weight approx.: 18 kg Rubber tube 8 mm ID x 6 m long
86-D2019/Z 86-D2064
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph. 86-D2064, D2062, D2060 Rubber tube 6.5 mm ID x 2 m long
for vacuum pumps
Specifications 86-D2015 86-D2018
86-D2070
Max. pressure (kPa) 1000 1400
Continuous working pressure (kPa) 800 1000 Rubber stopper set from 15/10 to
Reservoir capacity (l) 50 8 60/50 mm
Max. air delivery (l/min) 246 40
Dimensions (lxwxh) mm 850x355x620 510x270x400 86-D2071
Power (W) 1500 550
Weight approx. (kg) 44 21
Cork borer
86-D2075
Battery filler 86-D2070, 86-D2075
86-D2104 86-D2030
Water still 7.5 litres/h cap. Liquid refrigerator
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Specifications
* Or equivalent
86-D2030
86-D2035
Accessories
MOBILE LABORATORIES
Introduction
A fleet of five mobile Trailer Laboratories sup- Asphalt Laboratory, van mounted, supplied to Van mounted laboratory. Detail of electric
plied to Dong Ah Construction Co. for the SINTEXCAL, Italy. Complete with electric genera- generator
Great man-made River Project in Libya. tor and air conditioner.
The following is an index of National Standards which appear AASHTO T208 125
throughout this catalogue. For further information regarding sets
AASHTO T216 62, 88
of equipment in accordance to the various standards please
request a copy of our separate Buyer’s Guide. AASHTO T217 52
AASHTO T22 183, 184, 186, 188, 192, 194, 198,
201, 206, 306
Standards page AASHTO T23 227, 231, 235
AASHTO T236 66
AASHTO PP-I 397 AASHTO T240 388
AASHTO T40 380 AASHTO T245 350, 353, 354, 356, 357, 361
AASHTO T44 423 AASHTO T256-77 378
AASHTO T47 389 AASHTO T260 244
AASHTO T48 392 AASHTO T277 245
AASHTO T49 380, 381 AASHTO TP2 338
AASHTO T51 394 AASHTO TP8 367
AASHTO T53 382, 383 AASHTO TP8/94 364, 366
AASHTO T54 390 AASHTO TP46/6 366
AASHTO T55 384 AASHTO TP46/96 365
AASHTO T59 384, 385 AASHTO TP53 336
AASHTO T72 391
AASHTO T73 392 API Recommended practice,
AASHTO T78 397 13 B-1 and 13 B-2 283
AASHTO T85 236
AASHTO T85 29 ASTM A370 310
AASHTO T86 42 ASTM A615-89 316
AASHTO T88 57 ASTM A615M-89 316
AASHTO T90 56 ASTM C29 223
AASHTO T92 56 ASTM C31 231, 232, 235
AASHTO T97 200 ASTM C39 183, 184, 186, 188, 194, 198, 206,
AASHTO T97 305, 314 227, 306
AASHTO T99 105, 106, 109 ASTM C39-E447 192
AASHTO T100 53 ASTM C40 175
AASHTO T119 218 ASTM C88 173
AASHTO T120 218 ASTM C91 271, 278
AASHTO T126 227, 231, 235 ASTM C99 322
AASHTO T134 105 ASTM C109 201, 213, 292, 305, 323
AASHTO T142 172 ASTM C110 271
AASHTO T152 225 ASTM C114 23, 244
AASHTO T164-B 331 ASTM C127 19, 29, 170, 236
AASHTO T164A 332 ASTM C128 170
AASHTO T166-93 371 ASTM C131 166
AASHTO T179 389 ASTM C136 19
AASHTO T180 105, 109 ASTM C1362 218, 222
AASHTO T180 106 ASTM C138 223
AASHTO T191 127 ASTM C141 270, 278
AASHTO T193 106, 114, 109, 116, 118, 121, 124, ASTM C143 218
305, 320 ASTM C151 270
AASHTO T197 225 ASTM C183 268
AASHTO T201 386, 387 ASTM C185-85 270
AASHTO T202 42 ASTM C186 272
AASHTO T205 128 ASTM C187 273
434 Testing equipment for the construction industry
List of standards
ASTM D3148 145, 146, 151, 152, 154 BS 812:2 29,169, 236
ASTM D3877 62, 88 BS 890 271
ASTM D3910 374 BS 1191 271
ASTM D3967 155 BS 1337:2 54
ASTM D3999 95 BS 1337:7 125
ASTM D4186 65 BS 1370 272
ASTM D4253 112 BS 1377 23, 113
ASTM D4254 11 BS 1377 321
ASTM D4318 55, 56 BS 1377-4 116, 118, 121
ASTM D4429 124 BS 1377:1 19, 23
ASTM D4543 142, 144 BS 1377:2 38, 49, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57
ASTM D4546 62, 88 BS 1377:3 58, 59, 61
ASTM D4644 155 BS 1377:4 48, 68, 105, 109, 115, 120, 124, 320
ASTM D4647 137 BS 1377:4, 1990 106
ASTM D4753 23 BS 1377:4-3.7 110
ASTM D4767 70, 72, 92 BS 1377:5 62, 88, 136, 137
ASTM D4767-95 94 BS 1377:6 138
ASTM D5084 138 BS 1377:7 66, 68, 70, 73, 94, 124, 320
ASTM D5126 138 BS 1377:8 70, 72, 73, 92, 94
ASTM D5404 338 BS 1377:9 127, 129, 130, 131, 132
ASTM D5407 145, 146, 151, 152, 154 BS 1610 183, 186, 306
ASTM D5581 353, 354, 356, 357, 361 BS 1707 374
ASTM D5607 158 BS 1881:102 218
ASTM D5731 159 BS 1881:103 218
ASTM D5873 159 BS 1881:104 218
ASTM D6307 336, 344 BS 1881:105 218
ASTM E4 182, 306 BS 1881:112 233
ASTM E11 30, 33, 36, 37 BS 1881:114 29
ASTM E23 315 BS 1881:117 213
ASTM E74 402 BS 1881:118 200, 213, 314, 323
ASTM E103 171, 376 BS 1881:14 169
ASTM E447 198, 213 BS 1881:201 245
ASTM E965 377 BS 1881:202 250
ASTM E1709 379 BS 1881:203 255, 256
ASTM PS36 397 BS 1881:204 243
BS 1881:206 261
BS 131 315 BS 1881:207 252
BS 131/4 315 BS 1881:208 236
BS 598 - DD 362 BS 1881:209 249
BS 598:102 331, 337 BS 1881:5 270
BS 598:107 48, 305 BS 1924:1 19, 38, 49
BS 598:108 350, 374 BS 1924:2 48, 105, 110, 115, 124, 126, 127
BS 598:110 367 BS 1990 109
BS 598:120, 320, 330 BS 2000 389, 390
BS 812 168, 169, 170, 172 BS 4550 272, 287
BS 812:1 38 BS 6073 192, 198, 213, 270
BS 812:110 167 BS 6073:1 325
BS 812:117 58 BS 6576 51, 248
BS 812:124 173 BS 6717 213
BS 812:144 171 BS 7263 213
436 Testing equipment for the construction industry
List of standards
A pressure regulators 85
probe 341
Abrasion water pressure system 85, 139
machine aggregate 166 Alumina cement 158
machine for concrete tiles 167 Aluminium
machine for natural stones 167 beaker 335
mould 374 bearing plate 134, 378
Abrasive disc 330
charges 166 field can 425
sectors 234 pans 425
white corundum sand 167 scoops 218, 219, 425
Abson, method for recovery of asphalt 338 Ampoules, spare reagent 51, 248
AC adapter 25 Analytical balance 24
Accelerated Andreasen pipette 56, 165
concrete curing 233 Anemometer(s) 414
polishing machine 171 Aneroid barometer 414
Accessories Angle dial gauge set 347
for concrete compression testers 200, 201 Angularity of aggregate 165
Acidity test kit 60 Annular surcharge weight 111, 114, 115
Adapter(s) Anvil, calibration 159
5/6 pins 99, 403 Armoured thermometers 411
for 110 V/60 Hz 25 Ash content 282
for extruder 48 Asphalt
to fit load cell and strain gauges 119, 212 and road quality testing 328 – 397
Additional binder analyser 336
sample basket 336 compactability 342 – 349
weight 273 – 277 density 375
Adhesion indentation penetrometer 372
metal disc 253 institute vacuum viscometers 387
test apparatus, Vialit 375 mixers 358 – 360
tester, plaster 253 oven for rolling thin-film oven test 388
Adhesive compound 253 ovens 388
Adjustable permeability 371
CBR penetration piston 119, 124 recovery from extraction solvent 338
dial gauge holder 119, 124, 125 testing 328 – 397
extension set 378 testing system 362 – 365
feet 378 Aspirator pump 53, 428
height support 283 Assessment
holder for axial transducers 355 of fines 164, 165
tray 53, 170, 427 of flatness 229
ADVANTEST 9, Servohydraulic control console 214 – 217 Association rain gauge 413
Affinity between aggregate and bitumen 341 Attrition test machine (Deval) 168
Ageing vessel 397 Auger power head 43
Aggregate Augers 42, 43
abrasion value (Dorry) 172 Autoclave expansion 270
crushing value apparatus 167 Automatic
density by water displacement 169 air/water pressure controller 84
Impact value 168 binder extraction unit 334
Los Angeles 166 bituminous compactors 342, 343, 356
shape gauge 163 bottle top dispensers 165
testing 160 – 176 cement compression and flexural testers 291
Agitator, electric 165 data acquisition and processing system for geotechni-
Air cal tests 96 – 102
and water permeability test set 139, 247 digital shear testing machine 69
bath, bitumen 380 EN Automax compression machines 194 – 199
compressors 86, 237, 347 – 365, 428 flexure tension machines 293
content meter, cement 279 mortar mixer 284, 285
content meter, concrete 225 penetrometer 381
content of mortar 270, 279 pressure ageing vessel 397
drier 20 Proctor and CBR compaction machines 106 – 109
entrainment meters 225 recording Vicat apparatus 274 – 277
permeability (Blaine) apparatus 271 Ring and ball apparatus 383
test systems 146, 208, 294 extraction and separation of mineral matters 334, 335
triaxial machines 73 recovery apparatus 338
volume change apparatus 88 Bitumen
Automax ageing 397
automatic EN compression machines 194 – 199 testing 380 – 397
stand alone control console 199 Bitumix laboratory mixer 360
Automix mortar mixers 284 – 285 Bladder air/water pressure cylinder 85, 139
Auxiliary Blaine, fineness apparatus 271
air reservoir 86 Block(s)
compression platens 202 and cube tester 186, 192, 198
testing frames 365, 428 testing upgrading option 186, 192, 198
Axial strain transducer 77 Blow counter kit 168
Boiling test 173
B Bond strength 253
Bonding agent for strain gauges 404
Back pressure systems 82 – 91 Bottle(s)
Bacon sampler 380 dropping 420
Bags, sample 424 metal 331
Balance, mud 281 reagent 421
Balances 24 – 28 roller 165, 331, 341
Balancing frame 66 specific gravity 53
Ball storage 424
centering guide 382, 383 weighing 421
seating 124 Bottom grid, shear box 68
Balloon density apparatus 128 Bowl(s)
Bar sieves 39, 163 and cover for centrifuges 333
Barometer precision aneroid 414 heaters 359
Barton comb (profilometer) 158 mixing 425
Base Box shape test 220
adaptors, specimen 78, 80 Brass
plate with magnet 135 cups, liquid limit 55
with clamps 219 mould 279
Baseplate 357 ring 382, 383
for skid tester 171 ring mould 271
Basket Breaking
density 169, 236 point, apparatus (Fraass method) 385
stainless steel 173, 236 value of cationic emulsions 392
Bath air 380 Brickwork, modulus of deformation 262
Battery Briquette mould 293
filler 429 Bristle round brush 37
operated balances 26, 27 BRTA viscometer 390
operated poker vibrators 231 Brushes 37, 164, 426
Beaker covers 421 sieve 426
Beaker(s) 57, 382, 383, 421 BS U-tube viscometers 386
Beam Buchner funnel 423
fatigue module 365 Buckets 424
loading device 66, 67, 94 Buffer solutions 59
moulds, concrete 227 Building
Bearing limes, flow 281
capacity and deflection 378 stone testing 322
plate, aluminium 134, 378 Bulb pipettes 422
plate and Benkelman beam apparatus 134, 378 Bulk
plates 130 – 134 cement sampler 268
Beater, stainless steel 284, 285 density apparatus 271, 371
Beckman thermometer 272 density measures 169
Behaviour of joints 157 – 159 density of cement 271
Bending test device 313 density of lime 280
Benkelman beam apparatus 134, 378 Bunsen burners 423
Bennert vacuummeter 428 Burette(s) 422
Binder drainage 79, 80
drainage from porous asphalt 341 with stopcock 165
extraction 330 – 338 Burners, Bunsen 423
Permeameter(s) Plunger
compaction 137 penetration apparatus 279
for draining pavements 371 stabilised soil 126
soil 136, 137 Pocket
stand 136, 137 penetrometers 44
Pestle, rubber headed 49, 422 pH tester 59
Petri dish 420 shear vane device 45
Petrol operated concrete vibrator 231 thermometers 411
pH Poker vibrators, concrete 231
buffer solutions 59 Polished stone value apparatus 171, 376
electrodes 59 Polystyrene cover for cube moulds 228
indicator papers 58 Polythene sack 424
meters 59 Porcelain 423
strips 58 dish 55
temperature probe 59 soil mortars 49
Pick Pore pressure measurement 88, 89
chisel edge 142 Porous
density 129, 426 disc for triaxial cells 79, 80
mattock 426 discs for consolidation cells 63
pointed tip 142 plate for shear box 68
Pile stones 137
integrity testing 258, 259 top cap for triaxial cells 79, 80
testing, ultrasonic crosshole 258, 259 Portable
Pin soil resistance meter 61 coring machine 416, 417
Pinhole test apparatus 137 hardness tester 408
Pipette(s) 422 poker vibrators 231
Andreasen 56, 165 skid tester 171
stand 56, 165 slump cone test set 219
Piston volumeter 129 thermohygrometer 412
Plain top cap 79 vacuum pumps 428
Planetary mechanical stirrer 374 vibrating table 230
Plaque, Fraass 385 water tank 417
Plaster adhesion tester 252 Potential
Plastic corrosion meter 245
beaker 165 reactivity of aggregates 175
boxes, stacking 424 Potentiometric transducers 76, 405
case 164 Pouring
containers 424 cylinder 127
cover for curing tank 232 devices 112
cover for moulds 228 PRD split mould 349
cube and cylinder moulds 228 Precision aneroid barometer 414
curing tank 232 Preparation
end cap 42 and curing of cement prisms 284 – 286
funnels 424 of mortar cubes 287
graduated cylinders 420 Pressure
grooving tools 55 ageing vessel 397
limit plate 56 filter 337
limit set 56 gauges 130
moulds, Vicat 273 – 277 indicating panels 85
sand jar 127 maintainer, low friction 152
sheet for Kubo 15 228 measurement panels 85
wash bottles 424 systems 81 – 88, 133
Plasticine cement 247 transducers 76, 89, 150, 153, 263, 405
Plasticware 424 water reservoir 254
Plate Printer
bearing test apparatus 130 – 134 digital 25
load testing 130 – 134 serial 193, 199, 251, 263, 277, 309
Platens Printing thermometers 240
auxiliary compression 202 Prism mould
for block testing 186, 192, 198 cement 287
Platform electronic balances 25 shrinkage 174
Platinum crucible 423 Probes for digital thermometer 341, 409, 410
10 11-D0641/E 26 15-D0425/11 36
10-D1390 18 11-D0641/F 26 15-D0425/12 36
10-D1390/1 18 11-D0641/G 26 15-D0425/121 36
10-D1390/A 18 11-D0643 26 15-D0425/13 36
10-D1390/AD 18 11-D0643/A 26 15-D0425/131 36
10-D1390/D 18 11-D0643/B 26 15-D0425/14 36
10-D1391 18 11-D0645 26 15-D0425/141 36
10-D1391/1 18 11-D0646 26 15-D0425/15 36
10-D1391/A 18 11-D0646/A 26 15-D0425/16 36
10-D1391/AD 18 11-D0646/B 26 15-D0425/17 36
10-D1391/D 18 11-D0648 26 15-D0425/171 36
10-D1392/AD 18 11-D0648/B 26 15-D0425/18 36
10-D1396 19 11-D0700/C 27 15-D0425/19 36
10-D1396/1 19 11-D0700/C1 27 15-D0425/191 36
10-D1397 19 11-D0701/C 27 15-D0425/20 36
10-D1397/1 19 11-D0701/C1 27 15-D0425/21 36
10-D1398 19 11-D0702/C 27 15-D0425/211 36
10-D1398/1 19 11-D0702/C1 27 15-D0425/22 36
10-D1401 20 11-D0703/C 27 15-D0425/23 36
10-D1401/A 20 11-D0703/C1 27 15-D0425/41 36
10-D1402 20 330 331 11-D0704/C 27 15-D0425/71 36
10-D1402/A 20 337 11-D0704/C1 27 15-D0426/01 36
10-D1403 21 48 235 371 11-D0705/C 27 15-D0426/02 36
10-D1418 22 337 11-D0705/C1 27 15-D0426/03 36
10-D1418/A 22 11-D0706/C 27 15-D0426/04 36
10-D1418/AZ 22 11-D0706/C1 27 15-D0426/05 36
10-D1419 22 174 11-D0707/C 27 15-D0426/06 36
10-D1424 21 11-D0707/C1 27 15-D0426/07 36
10-D1425 20 11-D0708 27 15-D0426/21 36
10-D1428 21 173 11-D0708/1 27 15-D0426/61 36
10-D1428/1 21 173 370 11-D0708/2 27 15-D0426/71 36
10-D1428/A 21 370 11-D0708/3 27 15-D0427/01 36
10-D1428/A1 21 370 11-D0708/4 27 15-D0427/02 36
11-D0750/1 28 15-D0427/03 36
11 11-D0750/2 28 15-D0427/04 36
11-D0405/3 37 11-D0750/3 28 15-D0427/05 36
11-D0600 28 11-D0750/4 28 15-D0427/06 36
11-D0601 28 11-D0750/5 28 15-D0427/07 36
11-D0604 28 11-D0750/6 28 15-D0427/08 36
11-D0605 28 11-D0750/7 28 15-D0427/09 36
11-D0610 28 11-D0750/8 28 15-D0427/10 36
11-D0611/3 29 236 15-D0427/11 36
11-D0612 29 169 236 371 15 15-D0427/111 36
11-D0612/1 29 236 15 Test sieves 31 15-D0427/12 36
11-D0612/2 29 236 15-D0160 37 15-D0427/121 36
11-D0612/A 29 169 236 371 15-D0160/1 37 15-D0427/13 36
11-D0612/A1 29 169 236 15-D0400/A1 35 15-D0427/31 36
11-D0613/B 24 15-D0400/A2 35 15-D0427/41 36
11-D0628 24 15-D0405 37 15-D0427/71 36
11-D0628/3 25 15-D0405/B 37 15-D0427/72 36
11-D0629 24 15-D0407/B 35 340 15-D0427/73 36
11-D0629/A 24 15-D0409 34 15-D0428/01 37
11-D0630 24 29 169 236 371 15-D0411 35 15-D0428/02 37
11-D0630/B 24 15-D0411/Z 35 15-D0428/03 37
11-D0630/C 25 15-D0420/A 36 15-D0428/04 37
11-D0630/D 25 15-D0420/A1 36 15-D0428/10 36
11-D0631/1 25 15-D0420/AZ 36 15-D0428/21 37
11-D0631/B 24 15-D0425/01 36 15-D0428/31 37
11-D0631/C 24 29 169 236 15-D0425/02 36 15-D0428/9 36
11-D0631/D 25 15-D0425/03 36 15-D0430 39 162
11-D0631/E 24 29 169 236 15-D0425/04 36 15-D0430/1 39 162
11-D0631/F 24 29 169 236 15-D0425/05 36 15-D0431 38
11-D0631/G 25 15-D0425/06 36 15-D0438 38 162
11-D0631/L 25 15-D0425/07 36 15-D0438/A 38 162
11-D0640/1Z 26 15-D0425/08 36 15-D0438/B 38 162
11-D0641 26 15-D0425/09 36 15-D0438/C 38 162
11-D0641/C 26 15-D0425/10 36 15-D0438/D 38 162
1 General credit, payable at sight and confirmed by a first class Bank, unless other
1.1 "The Company" shall mean CONTROLS or its Proprietor subsidiary or any terms have been agreed in writing by the Company.
associated Company. 5.6 Where the goods are delivered in instalments or in the course of two or
1.2 "The goods" shall mean the equipment or services which are the subject more separate deliveries any failure to make such payments due on or
of this Contract. before the due date will entitle the Company at its option to treat the
1.3 "The Customer" shall mean the person firm or Company who contracts to contract of sale as voided by the Customer and in such event the
purchase in full or in part the goods from the Company. Company reserves all rights thereon which may be accrued to the
1.4 Any contract entered into by the Company for the supply of goods is Company prior to such termination.
subject to these conditions. Any writing on or attached to any purchase 5.7 In the event of non-payment, late payment or other default by the
order form, document or correspondences shall not be included or Customer the Company shall be entitled to recover all legal costs thereby
implied unless previously agreed upon in writing and signed by an incurred together also with interest on outstanding money, calculated at
authorised officer of the Company. 1/2% per calendar month or part month compounded monthly.
1.5 No order for supply arising from a quotation or otherwise shall be dee-
med to be accepted or constitute a legally enforceable contract with the 6 Passing of Property and Risk
Company until accepted in writing by the Company or until delivery of 6.1 Risk in goods shall pass on to the Customer when the goods are delive-
the goods, whichever shall be the earlier. red to or collected by the Customer or its carrier.
1.6 No responsibility is accepted by the Company for any inaccuracy or error 6.2 Title in the goods remains vested in the Company and shall only pass to
in orders given by telephone. the Customer upon full payment being made by the Customer of all sums
due to the Company. The Customer shall not resell, assign or constitute
2 Descriptions and Specifications as surety the purchased goods without having first paid the full price to
The descriptions, specifications and illustrations contained in catalogues, the Company. Any executory process taken by third parties which may
price lists and other leaflets or descriptive matter produced by the effect such goods shall immediately be notified to the Company. Nothing
Company shall not form part of the contract and shall not be binding on herein shall constitute that the Customer is the Agent of the Company
the Company. Names, addresses and trademarks on illustrations indicate for the purposes of any resale.
ownership of the artwork and must not be taken at necessarily indicating 6.3 The Customer agrees that whilst any such sums are due as aforesaid the
the manufacturers. Any description given of the goods is by way of iden- Company may at any time enter upon the Customers premises and remove
tification only and does not constitute a sale by description or sample. the Goods therefrom and that prior to such payment the Customer shall
keep such Goods separate and identifiable for this purpose.
3 Delivery time
7 Inspection
Any date quoted by the Company for despatch is given in good faith by
way of estimate only. While the Company will endeavour to deliver within 7.1 The Customer is under a duty to inspect the goods on delivery or on col-
the period stated, such date is not to be of the essence of the contract lection as the case may be.
and the Customer shall be bound to accept the goods when they become 7.2 Claims for damage in transit or shortage in delivery of the goods will
available. The Company shall not be liable for any loss or damage or only be considered if the carriers and the Company receive written notifi-
delays in transit or consequential losses or losses including loss of profit cation of such damage within 3 working days of delivery or in the event
resulting in any way in respect of late delivery howsoever caused even in of loss of goods in transit within 8 working days of the date of consign-
such cases as the Company has expressly agreed in writing a delivery ment.
date, nor shall such failure to deliver on the date or within the period 7.3 In all cases where defects or shortages are complained of, the Company
named by the Company be deemed to be a breach of contract. shall be under no liability in respect thereof unless an opportunity to
inspect the goods is afforded to the Company before any use is made
4 Price thereof or any alteration or modification is made thereto by the
Customer.
4.1 All prices and terms quoted by the Company or shown in any of the
Company's price lists, catalogues etc are subject to alteration without 8 Property rights
notice.
4.2 All quoted and printed prices for goods are ex-warehouse and exclusive 8.1 The Company warrants that it has title to sell the goods. Such warranty
of VAT, packing, freight charges, postage, insurance, port rates, installa- specifically includes the Company's ownership of the necessary patent
tion, commissioning and other costs unless expressly specified to the rights and copyright sufficient to enable the Customer to use the Goods
contrary. for the purpose stated. However nothing in this Contract shall be deemed
4.3 The Company reserves the right at any time prior to delivery of the goods to grant to the Customer the right to manufacture or in any way reprodu-
to adjust the price to take account of any increase in the cost of raw ce the goods or reproduce or use any intellectual property rights of the
materials, labour or services or any currency fluctuations, increases of Company or its agents.
taxes or duties or any other matters affecting the cost to the Company in
complying with the contract. 9 Warranty and responsibility
4.4 Amendments to any order will only be accepted by prior agreement. 9.1 No representation or warranty is given as to the suitability of the goods
Orders cancelled before delivery will be subject to a cancellation fee. For for any particular purpose and the Customer shall satisfy himself in this
orders cancelled after delivery, the Company reserves the right to impose respect and shall be totally responsible therefor.
a handling charge of not less than 15% on returned goods save in cir- 9.2 Unless otherwise notified all goods supplied shall have a 12 month war-
cumstances where the goods are returned by reason of defects or shorta- ranty. Subject to the compliance to all installation, use, storage, mainte-
ges which it is the Company's duty under the terms of the Agreement to nance and operating instructions, the Company will repair or replace any
rectify. goods manufactured by itself in respect of defects arising solely from
4.5 Installation and commissioning will be quoted only against the specific faulty materials or workmanship, providing they are returned carriage
request of the Customer. paid to the Company. Other details of such warranty may be obtained
4.6 The Company reserves the right to amend any accidental errors and omis- from the Company at any time and will be adequately stated in the
sions in quotations and invoices. Company's brochures, manuals, quotations or invoices. In the circumstan-
ces where alternative notification is given to the Customer, such alterna-
5 Payment tive details shall prevail over any other warranty details.
5.1 Time for payment shall be of the essence. 9.3 In the case of any goods not manufactured by the Company but supplied
5.2 The Customer shall have no right of set off, Statutory or otherwise. by them or incorporated within the Company's goods, the Company is
5.3 The Company reserves the right at any time at its discretion to demand unable to provide any warranty but will assign to or pass on to the
security for payment before continuing with or delivering any order. Customer the benefit of any such warranty that the Company shall itself
5.4 All accounts are payable in full cash with order or cash on delivery have received from its own supplier.
unless expressly agreed in writing by the Company.
5.5 For all credit accounts approved by the Company in writing for: 10 Insurance
5.5.1 Domestic Customers: orders should include two trade references and a Where goods are insured by the Company at its discretion or at the
bankers reference. Delivery of goods on an initial order of this type will request of the Customer charges will be made on the invoice. The
be effected after the references have been cleared and a credit limit Company's liability under the insurance shall be limited to the amount
established. All invoices are to be paid in full by the last day of the received by them or the value of the goods, whichever is the less, and
month following date of invoice. the Company shall be under no liability to take proceedings for the reco-
5.5.2 Overseas Customers: payment must be made by an irrevocable letter of very of loss or damage but where goods are insured under the Company’s
Open Cover Cargo Policy the rights in such policy shall be assigned where 15.4 If the circumstances preventing delivery are still continuing six months
possible. to the consignee/Customer and any claims shall be administe- after the Customer receives the Company's notice then either party may
red by them in accordance with ICC (A) 1.1.82. give written notice to the other cancelling the contract.
11 Packing 15.5 If the contract is cancelled in this way, the Company will refund any pay-
11.1 Unless otherwise expressly stated in writing the contract packing is not ment which the Customer has already made on account of the price
included in the contract price and will be the subject of an additional (subject to deduction of any amount the Company is entitled to claim
charge by the Company. The Company does not give warranty as to the from the Customer) but the Company will not be liable to compensate
fitness of any packing for storage purposes or any other purpose other the Customer for any further loss or damage caused by the failure to
than the transport of the goods to this named contract destination. deliver.
11.2 In all cases containers, bottles, packages and packing materials are not
returnable. 16 Export
16.1 The Customer shall be solely responsible for ensuring that any import or
12 Liability other regulations of any country or district to which the goods are to be
12.1 Nothing herein shall be deemed to exclude or restrict the Company's lia- exported are complied with and the Company shall be under no liability
bility for death or personal injury resulting wholly from the negligence of whatsoever should the goods subsequently fail to fulfil the requirements
the Company. of such regulations.
12.2 The Company shall not be liable for any consequential or indirect loss 16.2 The Customer shall inform the Company of any intended further tranship-
suffered by the Customer whether this loss arises from a breach of duty ment of the goods to third parties and their proposed use so that the
in contract or in any other way including loss arising from the Company's Company may ensure that the contract is in compliance with any export
negligence. Non-exhaustive illustrations of consequential or indirect loss restrictions or embargoes laid down from time to time by European
would be: governments. In the event that such restrictions prevent the Company
12.2.1 loss of profits from complying with its contractual obligations the contract will be trea-
12.2.2 loss of contracts ted as being subject to Force Majeure and dealt with in accordance with
12.2.3 damage to property of the Customer or anybody else clause 15. If a Customer knowingly or not, provides misleading informa-
12.2.4 personal injury to the Customer or anybody else (except so far as such tion to the Company the Customer shall indemnify the Company against
injury is wholly attributable to the Company's negligence). any penalties, fines or other expenses incurred as a result.
12.3 The Customer hereby agrees to indemnify the Company against all claims
made against the Company by any of the Customers employees, 17 Cancellation
Customers or any other person for which liability would have been exclu- 17.1 If the Customer shall fail to pay the contract price to the Company on
ded by this clause if the claim had been made against the Company by the due date or if any distress or execution is levied upon the Customers
the Customer. property or assets or if the Customer shall offer to make any scheme or
12.4 The Company shall not be liable in any way for any damages direct or arrangement with creditors or commit any act of bankruptcy or, being a
consequential as a result of use of the equipment for any purpose other Company, has a receiver appointed for any part of its undertaking or
than that agreed nor for any use not stated and agreed in the Company’s assets or if a resolution for winding up shall be passed, then the
specifications nor for any fault or defect arising from the Customers fai- Company may treat all sums due or to become due on any delivery as
lure to disclose relevant and pertinent information to the Company. immediately payable or suspend or cancel further deliveries or require
Where the purpose of the goods is misrepresented or omitted the payment in advance therefor or recover any goods which are unsold whe-
Company shall be under no obligation in any manner and responsibility resoever they are stored or treat the contract as repudiated by the
and liability shall pass to the Customer. Customer but without prejudice to any other rights of the Company.
12.5 The Company shall not be liable in any way for any damage direct or 17.2 Cancellation of the order by the Customer for whatever reason shall enti-
consequential arising as a result of the failure by the Customer to comply tle the Company to payment of all costs expenses and losses of the
with the terms of the operating manual supplied with the goods or by Company arising therefrom. Such notification of cancellation by the
reason of a failure by the Customer to comply with the specified require- Purchaser shall not be deemed to have been accepted by the Company in
ments for maintenance and calibration of the goods. the absence of specific agreement by the Company in writing to that
12.6 The Customer acknowledges that the proper use of the goods can only be affect. In all cases the Company reserves to itself any rights that it may
made by appropriately trained operatives. Training in the use of the have in law.
equipment provided by the Company is available on a chargeable basis.
Accordingly the Company shall not be liable in any way for any damage 18 Poisons
direct or consequential, arising as a result of the use of the goods by The sale of poisons is regulated by the Pharmacy and Poisons Act 1933,
inadequately experienced or inadequately trained operatives. The Poisons List, and the Poisons Rules. Poisons will only be supplied to
persons requiring them for use in scientific education or research and to
13 Repairs authorised users and sellers. For the purpose of all poisons a written
The Company is not responsible for damage to goods sent for repair or order on the purchasers official order form is required, signed by the pur-
examination nor for incidental damage to glass, apparatus and delicate chaser, stating his name, address, trade, business or profession and the
instruments in the course of repair. Time involved in the preliminary exa- purpose for which the poison is required. No poison will be supplied for
mination of an article may be charged in the event of no repair being cash sales, only for invoicing against accredited accounts.
ordered. Goods returned for repair should be sent, carriage paid and be
clearly labelled with the senders name and address. Before the goods are 19 Notices
sent advice shall be sent by fax to the Company clearly indicating Any notice to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed
method of despatch, description of goods and value for customs. At the to have been duly given if sent or delivered to the party concerned at its
same time a letter should be sent detailing the work required. address specified overleaf or such other address as that party may from
time to time notify in writing and shall be deemed to have been served,
14 Drawings and Sketches if sent by post, forty-eight hours after posting.
The Company reserves the right to charge for the preparation of all
drawings or sketches prepared either for the submission of quotations or 20 Assignment
any execution of orders. All such drawings remain the property of the Neither the Company nor the Customer shall assign or transfer or purport
Company. to assign or transfer the contract or the benefits thereof to any other
person without the prior consent of each other.
15 Force Majeure
15.1 The company shall not be liable for any failure to deliver the goods ari- 21 Proper Law and jurisdiction
sing from circumstances outside the Company's control. The contract shall be governed and interpreted according to the Italian
15.2 Non-exhaustive illustrations of such circumstances would be Acts of God, law and the Italian Courts shall have non exclusive jurisdiction in respect
war, riot, explosion, abnormal weather conditions, fire, flood. strikes, of any dispute arising in relation thereto. The Customer irrevocably agree
lockouts, Government action or regulations, delay by suppliers, accidents, to be subject to the jurisdiction of the Italian courts, should the
shortage of materials, labour or manufacturing facilities. Company refer any dispute thereto.
15.3 Should the Company be prevented from delivering in the above circum-
stances it shall give the Customer written notice of this fact as soon as
reasonably practicable after discovering it.
LENGTH
1m = 1.0936 yard
= 3.281 ft
= 39.370 in
1 km = 0.6214 mile
1 yard = 0.9144 m
1 ft = 30.48 cm
1 in = 25.4 mm
1 mile = 1.6094 km
Group
Italy
CONTROLS S.r.l.
6, Via Aosta
I-20063 Cernusco s/N. (Mi) Italy
Tel. +39-0292184.1
Facsimile +39-0292103333 The CONTROLS Catalogue
E-Mail: controls@controls.it
Web Site: www.controls.it 6th Edition is also available in
French, Spanish and Italian
Mexico
EQUIPOS DE ENSAYE CONTROLS S.a. De C.V.
Rio Churubusco n°27, Col. Portales
C.P. 03300, Mexico, D.F.
Tel. +52-55 56726186
Testing
ng
g Equipment
Facsimile +52-55 55393229
E-Mail: controlsmexico@mexis.com for th
he
Spain
EQUIPOS DE ENSAYO CONTROLS S.a.
Poligono Industrial Arboledas
Construction
C/Sabina, Nave 5, Manzana D
45200 - Illescas (Toledo), ESPAÑA
Tel. +34-902 180843 (4 líneas) Industrry
Facsimile +34-902 180846
E-Mail: controls@eecontrols.es
Web Site: www.eecontrols.es
United Kingdom
CONTROLS TESTING EQUIPMENT LTD
Controls House
Icknield Way
Tring, Hertfordshire HP23 4JX - U.K.
Tel. +44-1442 828311
Facsimile +44-1442 828466
Graphic: DigitalDesign
E-Mail: sales@controlstesting.co.uk
Web Site: www.controlstesting.co.uk
Photographs Credits: DigitalDesign,
Gianni Lavano
Studio Moscheni WYKEHAM FARRANCE LTD
Paolo Pulga Weston Road, Slough, SL1 4HW - U.K.
Lucio Rossi Tel. +44-1753 571241
Facsimile +44-1753 811313 General Catalogue
E-Mail: sales@wfi.co.uk
Controls
© Copyright 2005
Catalogue In line with its continual Web Site: www.wfi.co.uk 6th Edition
CAT04R0/E/B/13 program of product
research and development, General
Controls reserves the right
to alter specifications to
Catalogue
equipment to any time 6th Edition